-
1 premier
premier, -ière1 [pʀəmje, jεʀ]1. adjective• arriver/être premier to arrive/be firstc. ( = de base) [échelon, grade] bottom ; [ébauche, projet] first• quel est votre premier prix pour ce type de voyage ? what do your prices start at for this kind of trip?d. ( = originel, fondamental) [cause, donnée, principe] basic ; [objectif] primary ; [état] initial, original2. masculine noun, feminine nouna. (dans le temps, l'espace) first• parler/passer/sortir le premier to speak/go/go out first• elle fut l'une des premières à... she was one of the first to...b. (dans une hiérarchie, un ordre) il a été reçu dans les premiers he was in the top fewc. (dans une série, une comparaison) Pierre et Paul sont cousins, le premier est médecin Peter and Paul are cousins, the former is a doctor3. masculine nouna. first• c'est leur premier ( = enfant) it's their first child• mon premier est... (charade) my first is in...► en premier [arriver, parler] first• pour lui, la famille vient toujours en premier his family always comes first4. compounds* * *
1.
- ière pʀəmje, ɛʀ adjectif1) ( dans le temps) first2) ( dans l'espace) first3) ( dans une série) first‘livre premier’ — ‘book one’
Napoléon Ier — Napoleon I, Napoleon the First
4) ( dans une hiérarchie) [artiste, écrivain, puissance] leading; [élève, étudiant] topêtre premier — [élève, étudiant] to be top; [coureur] to be first
nos premiers prix or tarifs — ( pour voyages) our cheapest holidays GB ou package tours US; ( pour billets) our cheapest tickets
5) ( originel) [impression] first, initial; [éclat] initial; [aspect] original6) ( essentiel) [qualité] prime; [objectif, conséquence] primary7) Philosophie [terme, notion, donnée] fundamental; [vérité, principe] first
2.
nom masculin, féminin1) ( dans le temps) first2) ( dans une énumération) firstle premier de mes fils — ( sur deux fils) my elder son; ( sur plus de deux fils) my eldest son
3) ( dans un classement)arriver le premier — [coureur] to come first
être le premier de la classe — [élève] to be top of the class
3.
nom masculin1) ( dans un bâtiment) first floor GB, second floor US2) ( jour du mois) first3) ( arrondissement) first arrondissement
4.
en premier locution adverbiale
5.
de première (colloq) locution adjective first-ratec'est de première — it's first-class ou first-rate
Phrasal Verbs:* * *pʀəmje, jɛʀ (-ière)1. adj1) (dans le temps) firstC'est notre premier jour de vacances depuis Noël. — It's our first day off since Christmas.
C'est la première fois que je viens ici. — It's the first time I've been here.
du premier coup — at the first attempt, at the first go
Il est arrivé premier. — He came first., He was the first to arrive.
2) (du bas) (branche, marche, grade) lowest, bottomau premier étage — on the first floor Grande-Bretagne on the second floor USA
3) (en importance) firstde premier ordre — first-class, first-rate
de première qualité; de premier choix — best quality, top quality
4) (= fondamental) basic5)le Premier ministre — the Prime Minister, the Premier, the Premier of Queensland, the Queensland Premier
2. nm1) (= premier étage) first floor Grande-Bretagne second floor USA2) (= personne)3) (= jour)4)3. nf1) (= personne)2) AUTOMOBILES (= vitesse) first, first gear3) CHEMINS DE FER, AVIATION (= classe) first class4) ÉDUCATION (= classe) Year 12sixth year of secondary school (age 16-17)5) [spectacle] THÉÂTRE first night, CINÉMA première6) (chose faite pour la première fois) first* * *A adj1 ( qui commence une série) [habitant, emploi, automobile, symptôme] first; Adam fut le premier homme Adam was the first man; c'est la première fois que je viens ici this is the first time I've been here; la première et la dernière fois the first and last time; les premiers temps de the initial period of; (dans) les premiers temps tout allait bien at first things went well;2 ( qui précède dans l'espace) [porte, rue, visage, carrefour] first; les trois premières rues the first three streets; les premières marches (de l'escalier) the first few steps;3 ( dans une série) [numéro, chapitre, mot, candidat] first; première personne du singulier/du pluriel first person singular/plural; le premier janvier/juin the first of January/of June; article premier du code pénal first article of the penal code; ‘livre premier’ ‘book one’; Napoléon Ier Napoleon I ou the First; Elisabeth Ire Elizabeth I ou the First;4 ( par sa supériorité) [artiste, écrivain, producteur, puissance] leading; [élève, étudiant] top; le premier producteur mondial de vin the world's leading wine producer; être premier [élève, étudiant] to be top; [coureur] to be first; il est premier en physique he's top in physics; terminer or arriver premier [coureur] to come first; une affaire de première importance/urgence a matter of the utmost importance/urgency; article de première nécessité an absolutely essential item;5 ( par son infériorité) [billet, ticket, place] cheapest; nos premiers prix or tarifs ( pour voyages) our cheapest holidays GB ou package tours US; ( pour billets) our cheapest tickets;6 ( originel) [impression] first, initial; [vivacité, éclat] initial; [aspect] original; recouvrer sa santé première to recover one's health;B nm,f1 ( qui se présente d'abord) first; vous êtes le premier à me le dire you are the first to tell me; il est toujours le premier à se plaindre he's always the first to complain; sortir le premier to go out first; arriver le premier, arriver les premiers to arrive first; les premiers arrivés seront les premiers servis first come, first served;2 ( dans une énumération) first; je préfère le premier I prefer the first one; le premier de mes fils ( sur deux fils) my elder son; ( sur plus de deux fils) my eldest son;3 ( dans un classement) arriver le premier [coureur] to come first; être le premier de la classe [élève] to be top of the class; il est le premier en latin he's top in Latin.C nm1 ( dans un bâtiment) first floor GB, second floor US; monter/descendre au premier to go up/to go down to the first GB ou second US floor; habiter au premier to live on the first GB ou second US floor;2 ( jour du mois) first; être payé tous les premiers du mois to be paid on the first of every month; le premier de l'an New Year's Day;3 ( arrondissement) first arrondissement; habiter dans le premier to live in the first arrondissement;4 ( dans une charade) first; mon premier est my first is.D en premier loc adv faire qch en premier to do sth first; faire passer son travail en premier to put one's work first; recourir à l'arme nucléaire en premier to resort to nuclear weapons in the first instance; citons en premier le livre de notre collègue first of all there's our colleague's book; il faut en premier baisser l'impôt sur les bénéfices first of all it is necessary to reduce taxes on profits.E première nf1 (événement important, exploit) first; première mondiale world first;4 Aut first (gear); être en première to be in first (gear); passer la première to go into first (gear); rouler en première to drive in first (gear);5 ○ Rail, Aviat first class; voyager en première to travel first class; un billet de première a first-class ticket;6 ( couturière dirigeant un atelier) head seamstress;7 ( en alpinisme) first ascent; premier solitaire first solo-ascent;8 ( dans une chaussure) insole.premier âge [produits, vêtements] for babies up to six months ( après n); premier clerc chief clerk; premier communiant boy making his first communion; premier de cordée leader; premier danseur leading dancer; premier jet first ou rough draft; premier maître intermediate rank between chief petty officer and fleet chief petty officer GB, ≈ master chief petty officer US; premier ministre prime minister; premier secrétaire (d'un parti, organisme) first secretary; premier venu just anybody; elle s'est jetée dans les bras du premier venu she threw herself into the arms of the first man to come along; premier violon Mus first violin, leader; première classe Mil ≈ private; première communiante Relig girl making her first communion; première communion Relig first communion; première épreuve Imprim first proof; première nouvelle! that's the first I've heard about it; premiers secours first aid ¢.ⓘ Premier ministre The chief minister of the government, appointed by the Président de la République and responsible for the overall management of government affairs.1. (souvent avant le nom) [initial] earlyles premiers temps at the beginning, early on2. [proche] neareston s'est arrêtés dans le premier hôtel venu we stopped at the first hotel we came to ou happened to come to4. [dans une série] firstà la première heure first thing, at first lightdans un premier temps (at) first, to start with, to begin withil a fait ses premières armes à la "Gazette du Nord" he cut his teeth at the "Gazette du Nord"j'ai fait mes premières armes dans le métier comme apprenti cuisinier I started in the trade as a cook's apprenticepremier jet (first) ou rough ou initial drafta. [personnes et matériel] emergency servicesb. [soins] first aida. [généralement] first partb. [au spectacle] opening act5. [principal] mainde (toute) première nécessité/urgence (absolutely) essential/urgentc'est vous le premier intéressé you're the main person concerned ou the one who's got most at stakesortir premier d'une Grande école to be first on the pass list (in the final exam of a Grande école)l'idée première était de... the original idea was to...8. [spontané] firstson premier mouvement his first ou spontaneous impulse9. (après le nom) [fondamental] firstMATHÉMATIQUES [nombre] prime[polynôme] irreducibleprincipe premier first ou basic principle10. [moindre]et ta récitation, tu n'en connais pas le premier mot! you haven't a clue about your recitation, have you?la robe coûte 400 euros et je n'en ai pas le premier sou the dress costs 400 euros and I haven't a penny (UK) ou cent (US) to my name11. GRAMMAIREpremière personne du singulier/pluriel first person singular/pluralvoir aussi link=pluriel pluriel12. CUISINEcôte/côtelette première prime rib/cutlet————————, première [prəmje, ɛr] nom masculin, nom féminin1. [personne]elle est la première de sa classe/au hit-parade she's top of her class/the charts2. [chose]3. [celui-là]plantez des roses ou des tulipes, mais les premières durent plus longtemps plant roses or tulips, but the former last longervoir aussi link=cinquième cinquième————————nom masculin1. [dans une charade]3. [dans des dates]Aix, le premier juin Aix, June 1stle premier avril April Fool's ou All Fools Dayle premier janvier ou de l'an New Year's Day————————première nom féminin2. [exploit]être/passer en première to be in/to go into firstbillet/wagon de première first-class ticket/carriage8. IMPRIMERIE [épreuve] first proof[édition - d'un livre] first edition ; [ - d'un journal] early edition9. [d'une chaussure] insole————————de première locution adjectivale————————en premier locution adverbialepremier de cordée nom masculin————————premier degré nom masculin2. [phase initiale] first step3. (figuré)————————premier prix nom masculin1. COMMERCE lowest ou cheapest pricedans les premiers prix at the cheaper ou lower end of the scale2. [récompense] first prize -
2 dire
dire [diʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 371. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► to say se construit, comme dire, avec un complément d'objet direct et un complément d'objet indirect: to say sth to sb, alors que to tell se construit avec deux compléments d'objet directs: to tell sb sth ; to tell ne peut pas s'employer sans objet.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• qu'est-ce que vous avez dit ? what did you say?• comment dit-on ça en anglais ? how do you say that in English?• vous nous dites dans votre lettre que... you say in your letter that...• je vous l'avais bien dit ! I told you so!• fais ce qu'on te dit ! do as you are told!• on dit que... people say that...• il faut bien dire que... ( = admettre) I must say that...• Jean-François ne sait pas ce qu'il dit ( = il déraisonne) Jean-François doesn't know what he's saying• venez bientôt, disons demain come soon, let's say tomorrow• je ne vous le fais pas dire ! you said it!• laisse dire ! let them talk!• qu'est-ce qui me dit que c'est vrai ? how do I know it's the truth?• je me suis laissé dire que... I heard that...• ça suffit, j'ai dit ! I said that's enough!b. ( = penser) to think• qu'est-ce que tu dis de ça ? what do you think about that?• que diriez-vous d'une promenade ? how about a walk?• on dirait qu'il le fait exprès ! you'd almost think he does it on purpose!c. ( = objecter) je n'ai rien à dire sur son travail I can't complain about his work• rien à dire ! you can't argue with that!• c'est pas pour dire, mais il n'est pas très sympathique I don't want to go on about him, but he's not very niced. ( = évoquer) ce nom me dit quelque chose the name rings a bell• Lucien Josse ? ça ne me dit rien du tout Lucien Josse? I've never heard of hime. ( = plaire) ça vous dit de sortir ? do you feel like going out?f. (locutions) dis Papa, quand est-ce qu'on part ? when are we going, daddy?• dites donc ! ( = à propos) by the way ; ( = holà) hey!• ça lui a rapporté 100 000 € -- ben dis donc ! (inf) that earned him 100,000 euros -- goodness me!• que tu dis ! (inf) that's your story!• à qui le dites-vous ! you're telling me! (inf)• qui dit mieux ? any advance?► vouloir dire ( = signifier) to mean• qu'est-ce que ça veut dire ? what does that mean?• que veux-tu dire par là ? what do you mean?• ça veut tout dire ! that says it all!► comment dirais-je ? how shall I put it?2. <► se direa. ( = penser) to think to o.s.• il faut bien se dire que... one has to realize that...b. ( = se prétendre) to claim to be• comment ça se dit en français ? how do you say that in French?3. <* * *
I
1. diʀ1) ( faire entendre) to say [mots, prière]; to tell [histoire, blague]‘entrez’ dit-elle — ‘come in,’ she said
2) ( faire savoir) to tellje me suis laissé dire que... — I heard that...
c'est moi qui vous le dis — (colloq) I'm telling you
permets-moi de te dire que tu vas le regretter! — (colloq) you'll regret this, I can tell you!
je ne te dis que ça — (colloq) I'll say no more
c'est pas pour dire, mais — (colloq) I don't want to make a big deal of it, but... (colloq)
à qui le dites-vous! — (colloq) don't I know it!
je ne vous le fais pas dire! — (colloq) you don't need to tell me!
ne pas se le faire dire deux fois — (colloq) not to need to be told twice
dis, tu me crois? — (colloq) tell me, do you believe me?
dis donc, où tu te crois? — (colloq) hey! where do you think you are?
ne fais pas attention, il ne sait pas ce qu'il dit — don't mind him, he doesn't know what he's talking about
on dit que... — it is said that...
autant dire que — you might as well say that, in other words
disons, demain — let's say tomorrow
tu l'as dit! — (colloq)
comme tu dis! — (colloq) you said it! (colloq)
4) ( formuler)lent, pour ne pas dire ennuyeux — slow, not to say boring
comme dirait l'autre — (colloq) as they say
qu'est-ce que ça veut dire tout ce bruit? — (colloq) what's the meaning of all this noise?
6) ( demander)7) ( objecter)il n'y a pas à dire (colloq), elle est belle — you have to admit, she's beautiful
il n'y a rien à dire, tout est en ordre — I have no complaint, everything's fine
tu n'as rien à dire! — ( ne te plains pas) don't complain!; ( tais-toi) don't say a word!
8) ( penser) to think9) ( inspirer)
2.
se dire verbe pronominalil faut (bien) se dire que... — one must realize that...
il faut te dire que... — you must understand that...
2) ( échanger) to exchange [insultes, mots doux]3) ( se prétendre) to claim to be4) ( se déclarer)il s'est dit favorable à — he says he's in favour [BrE] of
5) ( être exprimé)
3.
se dire verbe impersonnel
II
1. diʀnom masculin
2.
dires nom masculin pluriel statements* * *diʀ1. nm2. vt1) (= exprimer) to say, [secret, mensonge] to tellElle m'a dit la vérité. — She told me the truth.
dire qch à qn — to tell sb sth, to say sth to sb
Qu'est-ce qu'il t'a dit? — What did he tell you?, What did he say to you?
Dites-moi ce que vous pensez. — Tell me what you think.
dire à qn qu'il fasse; dire à qn de faire — to tell sb to do
Il nous a dit de regarder cette émission. — He told us to watch this programme.
dire que — to say, to say that
Il a dit qu'il ne viendrait pas. — He said he wouldn't come.
2) (= prétendre)On le dit malade. — They say he's ill., He's said to be ill.
3) (= plaire)dire à qn [idée, proposition] Si cela lui dit. — If he feels like it.
Cela ne me dit rien. — That doesn't appeal to me.
4) (= penser)que dites-vous de...? — what do you think of...?
on dit que — they say, they say that
On dit que la nourriture y est excellente. — They say that the food there is excellent.
on dirait que (il semble que) — it looks like, it looks as if
On dirait qu'il va pleuvoir. — It looks like it's going to rain., It looks as if it's going to rain.
dis donc!; dites donc! (pour attirer l'attention) — hey!, (= au fait) by the way
Il a drôlement changé, dis donc! — Hey, he's really changed!
et dire que... — and to think that...
ceci dit; cela dit — that being said
Cela dit, je n'aimerais pas être à sa place. — That being said, I wouldn't like to be in his place.
c'est dire si... — that just shows that...
* * *dire verb table: médireA nm au dire de according to; au dire des experts according to the experts; au dire de tous by all accounts.B dires nmpl statements; leurs dires ne concordent pas their statements do not agree; selon les dires de ta sœur according to your sister.C vtr1 ( faire entendre) to say [mots, prière]; to recite [poème]; to read [leçon]; to tell [histoire, blague]; dire non to say no; dites quelque chose de drôle say something funny; ‘entrez’ dit-elle ‘come in,’ she said; j'ai quelque chose à dire là-dessus I've got something to say about that; sans mot dire without saying a word; ce n'est pas une chose à dire you don't say that sort of thing; dire des bêtises or inepties to talk nonsense; dire qch à voix basse to whisper sth; dire qch entre ses dents to mutter sth; ne plus savoir que dire to be at a loss for words; avoir son mot à dire to have one's say; dire ce qu'on a à dire to say one's piece;2 ( faire savoir) to tell; dire des mensonges/la vérité/l'avenir to tell lies/the truth/the future; dire qch à qn to tell sb sth; dites-moi votre nom tell me your name; je le leur dirai I'll tell them; dis-le à ton frère tell your brother; je vous l'avais bien dit! I told you so!; dites-moi, vous aimez l'opéra? tell me, do you like opera?; c'est ce qu'on m'a dit so I've been told; dis-leur que tu es occupé tell them you're busy; je dois vous dire que… I have to tell you that…; faire dire à qn que to let sb know that…; faites dire à ma femme que je serai en retard let my wife know that I will be late; dire ses projets to describe one's plans; dire son opinion/sa satisfaction to express one's opinion/one's satisfaction; je me suis laissé dire que… I heard that…; tenez-vous le pour dit! I don't want to have to tell you again!; c'est moi qui vous le dis○ I'm telling you; permets-moi de te dire que tu vas le regretter○! you'll regret this, I can tell you!; je ne te dis que ça○ I'll say no more; c'est pas pour dire, mais○ I don't want to make a big deal of it, but○…; à qui le dites-vous○! don't I know it!; vous m'en direz tant○! you don't say!; je ne vous le fais pas dire○! you don't need to tell me!; ne pas se le faire dire deux fois○ not to need to be told twice; dis, tu me crois○? tell me, do you believe me?; dis donc, où tu te crois○? hey! where do you think you are?; dites-donc, il n'est pas valable, votre ticket! here-did you know your ticket's not valid?; à vous de dire Jeux your bid; ⇒ vérité;3 ( affirmer) to say (que that); elle dit pouvoir le faire she says she can do it; dire ce qu'on pense to say what one thinks; dire tout haut ce que d'autres pensent tout bas to say out loud what other people are thinking; ne fais pas attention, il ne sait pas ce qu'il dit don't mind him, he doesn't know what he's talking about ou he's talking through his hat; on dit que… it is said that…; on le dit marié/veuf he is said to be married/a widower; j'irai jusqu'à dire que I'd go as far as to say that; c'est le moins qu'on puisse dire that's the least one can say; le moins qu'on puisse dire c'est que… the least one can say is that…; si l'on peut dire if one might say so; si je puis dire if I may put it like that; on peut dire qu'elle a du toupet celle-là! she's really got a nerve○!; on ne peut pas dire qu'il se soit fatigué! he certainly didn't overtax himself; autant dire que you might as well say that, in other words; et que dire de…? to say nothing of…; j'ose dire que… I'm not afraid to say that…; si j'ose dire if I may say so; ce n'est pas à moi de le dire it's not for me to say; cela va sans dire it goes without saying; ce n'est pas peu dire that's saying a lot; il faut dire que one should say that; c'est (tout) dire! need I say more?; cela dit having said that; c'est vous qui le dites! that's what you say!; tu peux le dire○! you can say that again○!; disons, demain let's say tomorrow; c'est difficile à dire it's hard to tell; je sais ce que je dis I know what I'm talking about; à ce qu'il dit according to him; vous dites? pardon?; à vrai dire actually; entre nous soit dit between you and me; soit dit en passant incidentally; pour tout dire all in all; c'est dire si j'ai raison it just goes to show I'm right; c'est beaucoup dire that's going a bit far; c'est peu dire that's an understatement; c'est vite dit that's easy for you to say; ce n'est pas dit I'm not that sure; tout n'est pas dit that's not the end of the story; c'est plus facile à dire qu'à faire it's easier said than done; il est dit que je ne partirai jamais I'm destined never to leave; tu l'as dit○!, comme tu dis○! you said it○!; que tu dis○! says you○!; ⇒ envoyer, fontaine;4 ( formuler) dire qch poliment/effrontément to say sth politely/cheekily; voilà qui est bien dit! well said!; il l'a mal dit, mais j'ai compris he put it badly but I understood; comment dire?, comment dirais-je? how shall I put it?; tu ne crois pas si bien dire you don't know how true that is; pour ainsi dire, comme qui dirait○ so to speak; autrement dit in other words; lent, pour ne pas dire ennuyeux slow, not to say boring; comme dirait l'autre○ as they say; disons que je suis préoccupé let's say I'm worried; un livre, disons un ‘texte’, comme dirait Adam a book, or let's say a ‘text’, as Adam would have it; un lien disons social a link which we could call social;5 ( indiquer) [loi] to state (que that); [appareil de mesure] to show (que that); [sourire] to express (que that); ma calculatrice dit l'heure my calculator shows the time; que dit ta montre? what time is it by your watch?; vouloir dire to mean; qu'est-ce que tu crois qu'il a voulu dire? what do you think he meant?; quelque chose me dit que something tells me that; qu'est-ce que ça veut dire tout ce bruit○? what's the meaning of all this noise?; qu'est-ce que ça veut dire de téléphoner à une heure pareille○? what do you mean by calling me at this time?; qu'est-ce à dire†? what is the meaning of this?; est-ce à dire que…? does this mean that…?; ⇒ doigt;6 ( demander) dire à qn de faire to tell sb to do; dites-leur de venir tell them to come; je vous avais dit d'être prudent I told you to be careful; qui vous a dit de partir? who told you to go?; fais ce qu'on te dit! do as you're told!; faites dire au médecin de venir have somebody call the doctor;7 ( objecter) qu'avez-vous à dire à cela? what have you got to say to that?; j'ai beaucoup à dire sur ton travail I've quite a lot to say about your work; je n'ai rien à dire no comment; il n'y a pas à dire○, elle est belle you have to admit, she's beautiful; il n'y a rien à dire, tout est en ordre nothing to report, everything's fine; tu n'as rien à dire! ( ne te plains pas) don't complain!; ( tais-toi) don't say a word!;8 ( penser) to think; qu'en dites-vous? what do you think?; que dis-tu de mon nouveau sac? what do you think of my new bag?; que diriez- vous d'une promenade/d'aller au marché? how about a walk/going to the market?; on dirait qu'il va pleuvoir/neiger it looks as if it's going to rain/to snow, it looks like rain/snow; on dirait que le vent se lève the wind seems to be picking up; on dirait qu'elle me déteste you'd think she hated me; on dirait un fou you'd think he was mad; on aurait dit qu'elle était déçue you'd have thought she was disappointed; on dirait de l'estragon ( à la vue) it looks like tarragon; ( au goût) it tastes like tarragon; on dirait du Bach it sounds like Bach; dire qu'hier encore il était parmi nous! it's odd to think (that) he was still with us yesterday!; dire que demain à la même heure je serai chez moi it's odd to think that this time tomorrow I'll be home;9 ( inspirer) ça ne me/leur dit rien de faire I /they don't feel like doing; notre nouveau jardinier ne me dit rien (qui vaille) I don't think much of our new gardener;10 Ling il faut dire ‘excusez-moi’ et non ‘je m'excuse’ one should say ‘excusez-moi’, not ‘je m'excuse’; tu dirais ‘une professeur’, toi? would you say ‘une professeur’?; comment dis-tu ça en italien? how do you say that in Italian?D se dire vpr1 ( penser) to tell oneself (que that); je me suis dit qu'il était trop tard I told myself that it was too late; il faut (bien) se dire que… one must realize that…; il faut te dire que… you must understand that…;2 ( échanger des paroles) se dire des insultes/des mots doux to exchange insults/sweet nothings; se dire adieu to say goodbye to each other;3 ( se prétendre) to claim to be, to say one is; il se dit intelligent/innocent/ingénieur he claims to be intelligent/innocent/an engineer; elle se dit incapable de marcher she claims to be unable to walk;4 ( se déclarer) il s'est dit prêt à participer à la conférence he said that he was prepared to take part in the conference; ils se sont dits favorables à cette mesure they said that they were in favourGB of this measure; elle s'est dite persuadée que… she said that she was convinced that…;5 Ling comment se dit ‘voiture’ en espagnol? how do you say ‘car’ in Spanish?; ‘surprise-party’ ne se dit plus people don't say ‘surprise-party’ any more; ça ne se dit pas you can't say that;6 ( être dit) il ne s'est rien dit d'intéressant à la réunion nothing of interest was said during the meeting.bien faire et laisser dire Prov do right and fear no man Prov; dis-moi qui tu hantes, je te dirai qui tu es you're known by the company you keep; dis-moi ce que tu manges, je te dirai qui tu es you are what you eat.I[dir] nom masculin————————dires nom masculin plurield'après ou selon les dires de son père according to his father ou to what his father saidau dire de locution prépositionnelleau dire de son professeur according to his teacher ou to what his teacher saysII[dir] verbe transitifA.[ARTICULER, PRONONCER]1. [énoncer] to sayquel nom dis-tu? Castagnel? what name did you say ou what's the name again? Castagnel?vous avez dit "démocratie"? "democracy", did you say?a. (très familier) [pour porter bonheur] break a leg!b. [pour insulter] get lost!je ne dirais pas qu'il est distant, je dirais plutôt effarouché I wouldn't say he's haughty, rather that he's been frightened offune honte, que dis-je, une infamie!, une honte, pour ne pas dire une infamie! a shame, not to say an infamy!qui dit... dit...: en ce temps-là, qui disait vol disait galère in those days, theft meant the gallowssi (l')on peut dire in a way, so to speakdisons-le, disons le mot let's not mince wordsdire non to say no, to refusea. [généralement] to say yesb. [à une proposition] to acceptc. [au mariage] to say I do2. [réciter - prière, table de multiplication] to say ; [ - texte] to say, to recite, to read ; [ - rôle] to speakdire la/une messe to say mass/a massdire des vers to recite verse, to give a recitationB.[EXPRIMER]1. [oralement] to sayque dis-tu là? what did you say?, what was that you said?j'ai l'habitude de dire ce que je pense I always speak my mind ou say what I thinkbon, bon, je n'ai rien dit! OK, sorry I spoke!pourquoi ne m'as-tu rien dit de tout cela? why didn't you speak to me ou tell me about any of this?je suis un raté? tu sais ce qu'il te dit, le raté? (familier) so I'm a loser, am I? well, do you want to hear what this loser's got to say to you?j'ai failli faire tout rater! — ça, tu peux le dire! I nearly messed everything up — you can say that again!j'ai une surprise — dis vite! I have a surprise — let's hear it ou do tell!comment dire ou dirais-je? how shall I put it ou say?dites donc, pour demain, on y va en voiture? by the way, are we driving there tomorrow?je peux y aller, dis? can I go, please?vous lui parlerez de moi, dites? you will talk to her about me, won't you?tu es bien habillé, ce soir, dis donc! my word, aren't you smart tonight!il nous faut, disons, deux secrétaires we need, (let's) say, two secretariesce disant with these words, so sayingc'est (te/vous) dire s'il est riche! that gives you an idea how wealthy he is!il ne m'a même pas répondu, c'est tout dire he never even answered me, that says it allpour tout dire in fact, to be honestje ne te/vous le fais pas dire how right you are, I couldn't have put it better myselfil va sans dire que... needless to say (that)...ce n'est pas pour dire, mais à sa place j'aurais réussi (familier) though I say it myself, if I'd been him I'd have succeededil en est incapable, enfin (moi), ce que j'en dis... he's not capable of it, at least that's what I'd say...voici une confiture maison, je ne te dis que ça here's some homemade jam that's out of this worldil y avait un monde, je te dis pas! you wouldn't have believed the crowds!vouloir dire [signifier] to meanun haussement d'épaules dans ce cas-là, ça dit bien ce que ça veut dire in a situation like that, a shrug (of the shoulders) speaks volumesvous partez, madame, qu'est-ce à dire? Madam, what mean you by leaving?3. [écrire] to saydans sa lettre, elle dit que... in her letter she says that...4. [annoncer - nom, prix] to givele général vous fait dire qu'il vous attend the general has sent me to tell you he's waiting for youtu vas le regretter, moi je (familier) ou c'est moi qui (familier) te le dis! you'll be sorry for this, let me tell you ou mark my words!6. [ordonner] to tell[conseiller] to telltu me dis d'oublier, mais... you tell me I must forget, but...toi, on ne peut jamais rien te dire! you can't take the slightest criticism!mais, me direz-vous, il n'est pas majeur but, you will object ou I hear you say, he's not of agej'aurais des choses à dire sur l'organisation du service I have a few things to say ou some comments to make about the organization of the departmentPierre n'est pas d'accord — il n'a rien à dire Pierre doesn't agree — he's in no position to make any objectionselle est maligne, il n'y a pas à ou on ne peut pas dire (le contraire) (familier) she's shrewd, there's no denying it ou and no mistakesi c'est vous qui le dites, si vous le dites, du moment que vous le dites if you say sopuisque je vous le dis! I'm telling you!, you can take it from me!c'est le bon train? — je te dis que oui! is it the right train? — yes it is! ou I'm telling you it is!il va neiger — la météo a dit que non it looks like it's going to snow — the weather forecast said it wouldn'ttu étais content, ne me dis pas le contraire! you were pleased, don't deny it ou don't tell me you weren't!on dit qu'il a un autre fils rumour has it that ou it's rumoured that ou it's said that he has another sonloin des yeux, loin du cœur, dit-on out of sight, out of mind, so the saying goes ou so they sayon le disait lâche he was said ou alleged ou reputed to be a cowardelle trouvera bien une place — qu'elle dit (familier) she'll find a job, no problem — that's what she thinks!on dira ce qu'on voudra, mais l'amour ça passe avant tout whatever people say, love comes before everything elseon ne dira jamais assez l'importance d'un régime alimentaire équilibré I cannot emphasize enough the importance of a balanced dietelle disait ne pas savoir qui le lui avait donné she claimed ou alleged that she didn't know who'd given it to her[dans des jeux d'enfants]je dois dire qu'elle est jolie I must say ou admit she's prettyil faut bien dire qu'il n'est plus tout jeune he's not young any more, let's face itil faut dire qu'elle a des excuses (to) give her her due, there are mitigating circumstancesdisons que... let's say (that)...11. [décider]il est dit que... fate has decreed that...il ne sera pas dit que... let it not be said that...a. [décidé] nothing's been decided yetb. [prévisible] nothing's for certain (yet)a. [il n'y a plus à discuter] the matter is closedb. [l'avenir est arrêté] the die is castaussitôt dit, aussitôt fait no sooner said than doneC.[PENSER, CROIRE]et comme dessert? — que dirais-tu d'une mousse au chocolat? and to follow? — what would you say to ou how about a chocolate mousse?dire que... to think that...2. [croire]a. [au goût] it tastes like teab. [à l'odeur] it smells like teac. [d'apparence] it looks like teaon dirait de la laine [au toucher] it feels like woolon dirait que je te fais peur you behave as if ou as though you were scared of me[exprime une probabilité]on dirait sa fille, au premier rang it looks like her daughter there in the front rowD.[INDIQUER, DONNER DES SIGNES DE]mon intuition ou quelque chose me dit qu'il reviendra I have a feeling (that) he'll be back2. [stipuler par écrit] to sayque dit la Bible/le dictionnaire à ce sujet? what does the Bible/dictionary say about this?3. [faire penser à]dire quelque chose: son visage me dit quelque chose I've seen her face before, her face seems familiarLambert, cela ne vous dit rien? Lambert, does that mean anything to you?4. [tenter]tu viens? — ça ne me dit rien are you coming? — I'm not in the mood ou I don't feel like it————————se dire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)[échanger - secrets, paroles] to tell each other ou one another————————se dire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)1. [être formulé]comment se dit "bonsoir" en japonais? how do you say "goodnight" in Japanese?, what's the Japanese for "goodnight"?il est vraiment hideux — peut-être, mais ça ne se dit pas he's really hideous — maybe, but it's not the sort of thing you sayse dit de [pour définir un terme] (is) said of, (is) used for, describes————————se dire verbe pronominal transitifmaintenant, je me dis que j'aurais dû accepter now I think I should have accepteddis-toi bien que je ne serai pas toujours là pour t'aider you must realize that ou get it into your head that I won't always be here to help you————————se dire verbe pronominal intransitif[estimer être] to sayil se dit flatté de l'intérêt que je lui porte he says he's ou he claims to be flattered by my interest in himils se disent attachés à la démocratie they claim to ou (that) they care about democracy -
3 Spínola, Antônio de
(1910-1996)Senior army general, hero of Portugal's wars of African insurgency, and first president of the provisional government after the Revolution of 25 April 1974. A career army officer who became involved in politics after a long career of war service and administration overseas, Spinola had a role in the 1974 coup and revolution that was somewhat analogous to that of General Gomes da Costa in the 1926 coup.Spinola served in important posts as a volunteer in Portugal's intervention in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39), a military observer on the Russian front with the Third Reich's armed forces in World War II, and a top officer in the Guarda Nacional Republicana (GNR). His chief significance in contemporary affairs, however, came following his military assignments and tours of duty in Portugal's colonial wars in Africa after 1961.Spinola fought first in Angola and later in Guinea- Bissau, where, during 1968-73, he was both commanding general of Portugal's forces and high commissioner (administrator of the territory). His Guinean service tour was significant for at least two reasons: Spinola's dynamic influence upon a circle of younger career officers on his staff in Guinea, men who later joined together in the Armed Forces Movement (MFA), and Spinola's experience of failure in winning the Guinea war militarily or finding a political means for compromise or negotiation with the Party for the Independence of Guinea and Cape Verde (PAIGC), the African insurgent movement that had fought a war with Portugal since 1963, largely in the forested tropical interior of the territory. Spinola became discouraged after failure to win permission to negotiate secretly for a political solution to the war with the PAIGC and was reprimanded by Prime Minister Marcello Caetano.After his return—not in triumph—from Guinea in 1973, Spinola was appointed chief of staff of the armed forces, but he resigned in a dispute with the government. With the assistance of younger officers who also had African experience of costly but seemingly endless war, Spinola wrote a book, Portugal and the Future, which was published in February 1974, despite official censorship and red tape. Next to the Bible and editions of Luís de Camoes's The Lusi- ads, Spinola's controversial book was briefly the best-selling work in Portugal's modern age. While not intimately involved with the budding conspiracy among career army majors, captains, and others, Spinola was prepared to head such a movement, and the planners depended on his famous name and position as senior army officer with the right credentials to win over both military and civil opinion when and where it counted.When the Revolution of 25 April 1974 succeeded, Spinola was named head of the Junta of National Salvation and eventually provisional president of Portugal. Among the military revolutionaries, though, there was wide disagreement about the precise goals of the revolution and how to achieve them. Spinola's path-breaking book had subtly proposed three new goals: the democratization of authoritarian Portugal, a political solution to the African colonial wars, and liberalization of the economic system. The MFA immediately proclaimed, not coincidentally, the same goals, but without specifying the means to attain them.The officers who ran the newly emerging system fell out with Spinola over many issues, but especially over how to decolonize Portugal's besieged empire. Spinola proposed a gradualist policy that featured a free referendum by all colonial voters to decide between a loose federation with Portugal or complete independence. MFA leaders wanted more or less immediate decolonization, a transfer of power to leading African movements, and a pullout of Portugal's nearly 200,000 troops in three colonies. After a series of crises and arguments, Spinola resigned as president in September 1974. He conspired for a conservative coup to oust the leftists in power, but the effort failed in March 1975, and Spinola was forced to flee to Spain and then to Brazil. Some years later, he returned to Portugal, lived in quiet retirement, and could be seen enjoying horseback riding. In the early 1980s, he was promoted to the rank of marshal, in retirement. -
4 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
5 dernier
dernier, -ière [dεʀnje, jεʀ]1. adjectivea. (dans le temps, dans une hiérarchie) last• après un dernier regard/effort after one last look/effortb. ( = le plus haut, le plus bas, le plus lointain) le dernier étage the top floor• le dernier mouchoir de la pile (dessus) the top handkerchief in the pile ; (dessous) the bottom handkerchief in the pile━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Notez l'ordre des mots lorsque last est employé avec un nombre.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━2. masculine noun, feminine noun• dernier entré, premier sorti last in, first out► ce dernier, cette dernière the latter• Luc, Marc et Jean étaient là et ce dernier a dit que... Luc, Marc and Jean were there, and Jean said that...• Paul, Pierre et Maud sont venus ; cette dernière... Paul, Pierre and Maud came; she...3. masculine noun( = dernier étage) top floor4. feminine nounb. ( = nouvelle) (inf) vous connaissez la dernière ? have you heard the latest?* * *
1.
- ière dɛʀnje, ɛʀ adjectif1) ( qui termine une série) gén last; [étage, étagère] toparriver dernier — ( dans une course) to come last
2) ( précédent) last3) ( le plus récent) [roman, nouvelles] latest4) ( extrême)
2.
1) ( qui est à la fin) lastle dernier qui — ( personne) the last person who
ce dernier, ces derniers — ( de plusieurs) the latter
2) ( le pire)c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots — he's a complete idiot
3.
en dernier locution adverbiale lastPhrasal Verbs:* * *dɛʀnje, jɛʀ (-ière)1. adj1) (dans l'espace) lastC'est la dernière maison, après la poste. — It's the last house, after the post office.
Il est arrivé dernier. — He arrived last.
2) (dans le temps, une liste) lastla dernière fois que... — last time..., last time that...
3) (= le plus récent) latest4) (= ultime) (effort) finalAllez, un dernier effort! — Go on, one final effort!
5) (dans une hiérarchie) (le plus élevé) top, highest, (le moins élevé) lowest, bottomavec l'espoir de parvenir un jour au dernier échelon — with the hope of one day reaching the top rung
6) (avec valeur intensive: meilleur)Le racisme sera combattu avec la dernière énergie. — We will fight racism with all our strength.
7) (avec valeur intensive: pire) worstC'est du dernier mauvais goût. — It's in the worst possible taste.
le dernier cri — the last word, the last word in fashion
2. nm/f1) [course] last2) (de la famille) youngestJe vous présente le petit dernier. — This is my youngest.
ce dernier, cette dernière — the latter
3. nmAjoutez le lait en dernier. — Put the milk in last.
* * *A adj1 ( qui termine une série) [coureur, jour, paragraphe, bâtiment] last; [étage, étagère] top; ce fut son dernier roman it was his/her last novel; faire un dernier effort to make one last effort; la dernière édition de la journée Presse the last edition of the day; la dernière édition date de 1920 the last edition came out in 1920; dernière chance last chance; dernière fois last time; décision de dernière minute or heure last-minute decision; attendre la dernière minute or le dernier moment pour faire to wait until the last minute to do; arriver dernier ( dans une course) to come last; arriver bon dernier to come in last a long way behind; être bon dernier to come well and truly last; être classé or placé dernier ( dans une course) to be in last place; c'est la toute dernière maison it's the very last house; un dernier mot avant que vous ne partiez a final word before you go; je voudrais ajouter un dernier mot I'd like to say one more thing; troisième et dernier volume third and final volume; je les veux jeudi dernier délai I want them by Thursday at the latest; la dissertation est pour le 20 juin dernier délai the deadline for this essay is 20 June; de la dernière chance final;2 ( précédent) last; l'an dernier last year; jeudi dernier last Thursday; la nuit dernière last night; au siècle dernier in the 19th century; Noël dernier last Christmas; les dernières 24 heures ont été éprouvantes the last 24 hours have been terrible ou awful; pendant la dernière guerre during the last war; son dernier livre his/her last book; la dernière édition datait de 1910 the last edition came out in 1910;3 ( le plus récent) [roman, album, production, nouvelles] latest; mon dernier roman paraîtra demain my latest novel will come out tomorrow; notre dernier modèle our latest model; notre dernière création our latest creation; les dernières exigences des ravisseurs the kidnappers'GB latest demands; nouvelles de dernière heure latest news; aux dernières nouvelles on apprenait que the latest news was that; ces dernier temps recently; ces derniers temps il n'a pas fait beau the weather hasn't been very good recently ou lately;4 ( extrême) le dernier degré de the height of; c'est ridicule au dernier degré or point it's utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; être du dernier ridicule to be utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; c'est de la dernière impolitesse it's the height of rudeness; c'était la dernière chose à faire it was the worst possible thing to do; c'est bien la dernière personne à qui je ferais des confidences he/she really is the last person I would confide in; c'est bien la dernière personne que j'aurais choisie he/she really is the last person I would have chosen; le dernier choix the poorest quality; c'est la dernière fois que je viens ici that's the last time I come here; les trois derniers jours the last three days.B nmf1 ( qui est à la fin) last; les derniers the last; arriver le dernier to arrive last; le dernier arrivé the last to arrive; le dernier arrivé offre une bouteille de champagne the last one there has to buy a bottle of champagne; tu es toujours le dernier you are always last; c'est le dernier qui me reste it's my last one; ce fut le dernier des rois de France he was the last of the kings of France; le dernier qui the last person who; ce sont les derniers à pouvoir faire they are the last people who could do; les premiers seront les derniers Bible the first shall be last; c'est bien le dernier de mes soucis that really is the least of my worries; être le dernier de la classe to be bottom of the class; être le dernier de la liste to be bottom of the list; si tu cherches ton nom dans la liste, c'est le dernier if you're looking for your name in the list, it's at the bottom; la dernière des guerres the war to end all wars; le petit dernier the youngest child; est-ce votre dernier? is that your youngest?; ce dernier, ces derniers ( de plusieurs) the latter; c'était un fidèle de Grovagnard, et il devint chef du parti à la mort de ce dernier he was a follower of Grovagnard, and became party leader when he died; elle est venue avec son mari, ce dernier me semblait d'ailleurs pas très à l'aise she came with her husband, who actually didn't seem very comfortable; elle est venue avec Pierre et Anne, cette dernière étant seule ce soir là she came with Pierre and Anne, the latter of whom happened to be alone that evening; dans ce dernier cas in the latter case;2 ( le pire) c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots he's a complete idiot; c'est le dernier des lâches he's a complete and utter coward; le dernier des ignorants or imbéciles sait cela any fool knows that; le dernier des derniers the lowest of the low.C en dernier loc adv last; je m'en occuperai en dernier I'll deal with that last; j'irai chez eux en dernier I'll go to them last.D dernière nf1 (histoire, nouvelle) la dernière the latest; connaissez-vous la dernière? have you heard the latest?;2 ( d'un spectacle) last performance.dernier cri latest fashion; dernière demeure final resting place; conduire/accompagner qn à sa dernière demeure to take/to accompany sb to his/her final resting place; dernières volontés final ou dying wish.(en) être à sa dernière heure to be on one's deathbed.( féminin dernière) [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) adjectifA.[DANS LE TEMPS]1. (avant le nom) [qui vient après tous les autres - avion, bus, personne] last ; [ - détail, préparatif] finalun dernier mot/point! one final word/point!il vient de terminer ses derniers examens [en fin de cycle d'études] he's just taken his final exams ou finalsjusqu'à son dernier jour to his dying day, until the day he diedce furent ses dernières paroles these were his dying ou last wordsdernier arrivant ou arrivé ou venu latecomerla dernière séance the last ou late performancerendre les derniers devoirs ou honneurs ou un dernier hommage à quelqu'un to pay a final tribute ou one's last respects to somebody2. (avant le nom) [arrêté, ultime] finala. [vendeur] it's the lowest I'll gob. [acheteur] that's my final offeren dernière analyse in the final ou last analysis, when all's said and donela dernière fois, la fois dernière last timeà la dernière minute, à la dernière seconde, au dernier moment: une décision prise à la dernière seconde a last-minute decisionje ferai mes valises au dernier moment I'll pack at the last minute ou possible momenton nous apprend/ils apprirent en dernière minute que... we've just heard this minute/at the last minute they heard that...ces derniers temps lately, of lateles derniers temps de the last stages ou days of, the end ofaux dernières nouvelles, le mariage aurait été annulé according to the latest news, the wedding's been cancelledaux dernières nouvelles, elle était en Alaska she was last heard of in Alaskade dernière heure [changement] last-minuteB.[DANS L'ESPACE]1. [du bas - étagère] bottom2. [du haut] top3. [du bout] lastC.[DANS UN CLASSEMENT, UNE HIÉRARCHIE]1. [dans une série] lasten dernière position in last position, lastD.[EN INTENSIF]1. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens positif]de la dernière importance of paramount ou of the utmost importance2. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens négatif]c'est de la dernière effronterie/impolitesse it's extremely cheeky/rude————————, dernière [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) nom masculin, nom féminin1. [dans le temps] last ou final oneje suis partie la dernière I left last, I was the last one to leaveje suis arrivé dans les derniers I was among the last ou final ones to arrive[dans une famille] youngestle dernier the youngest ou last (boy)la dernière the youngest ou last (girl)2. [dans l'espace - celui du haut] top one ; [ - celui du bas] last ou bottom one ; [ - celui du bout] last one3. [dans une hiérarchie - le pire][dans une série] last oneallez, on en prend un dernier! [verre] let's have a last one (for the road)!4. [dans une narration]ce dernier, cette dernièrea. [de deux] the latterb. [de plusieurs] this last, the last-mentionedil attendait la réponse de Luc, mais ce dernier se taisait he was waiting for Luc's answer but the latter kept quiet————————nom masculin1. [étage] top floor2. [dans une charade]mon dernier est/a... my last is/has...————————dernière nom féminin2. (familier) [nouvelle]————————au dernier degré locution adverbiale,au dernier point locution adverbiale————————au dernier degré de locution prépositionnelle————————dernier délai locution adverbiale————————en dernier locution adverbialeentrer en dernier to go in last, to be the last one to go inson nom a été mentionné en dernier his name was mentioned last ou was the last one to be mentionedajoute le sel en dernier add the salt last ou at the end -
6 Gutenberg, Johann Gensfleisch zum
SUBJECT AREA: Paper and printing[br]b. c. 1394–9 Mainz, Germanyd. 3 February 1468 Mainz, Germany[br]German inventor of printing with movable type.[br]Few biographical details are known of Johann Gensfleisch zum Gutenberg, yet it has been said that he was responsible for Germany's most notable contribution to civilization. He was a goldsmith by trade, of a patrician family of the city of Mainz. He seems to have begun experiments on printing while a political exile in Strasbourg c. 1440. He returned to Mainz between 1444 and 1448 and continued his experiments, until by 1450 he had perfected his invention sufficiently to justify raising capital for its commercial exploitation.Circumstances were propitious for the invention of printing at that time. Rises in literacy and prosperity had led to the formation of a social class with the time and resources to develop a taste for reading, and the demand for reading matter had outstripped the ability of the scribes to satisfy it. The various technologies required were well established, and finally the flourishing textile industry was producing enough waste material, rag, to make paper, the only satisfactory and cheap medium for printing. There were others working along similar lines, but it was Gutenberg who achieved the successful adaptation and combination of technologies to arrive at a process by which many identical copies of a text could be produced in a wide variety of forms, of which the book was the most important. Gutenberg did make several technical innovations, however. The two-piece adjustable mould for casting types of varying width, from T to "M", was ingenious. Then he had to devise an oil-based ink suitable for inking metal type, derived from the painting materials developed by contemporary Flemish artists. Finally, probably after many experiments, he arrived at a metal alloy of distinctive composition suitable for casting type.In 1450 Gutenberg borrowed 800 guldens from Johannes Fust, a lawyer of Mainz, and two years later Fust advanced a further 800 guldens, securing for himself a partnership in Gutenberg's business. But in 1455 Fust foreclosed and the bulk of Gutenberg's equipment passed to Peter Schöffer, who was in the service of Fust and later married his daughter. Like most early printers, Gutenberg seems not to have appreciated, or at any rate to have been able to provide for, the great dilemma of the publishing trade, namely the outlay of considerable capital in advance of each publication and the slowness of the return. Gutenberg probably retained only the type for the 42- and 36-line bibles and possibly the Catholicon of 1460, an encyclopedic work compiled in the thirteenth century and whose production pointed the way to printing's role as a means of spreading knowledge. The work concluded with a short descriptive piece, or colophon, which is probably by Gutenberg himself and is the only output of his mind that we have; it manages to omit the names of both author and printer.Gutenberg seems to have abandoned printing after 1460, perhaps due to failing eyesight as well as for financial reasons, and he suffered further loss in the sack of Mainz in 1462. He received a kind of pension from the Archbishop in 1465, and on his death was buried in the Franciscan church in Mainz. The only major work to have issued for certain from Gutenberg's workshop is the great 42-line bible, begun in 1452 and completed by August 1456. The quality of this Graaf piece of printing is a tribute to Gutenberg's ability as a printer, and the soundness of his invention is borne out by the survival of the process as he left it to the world, unchanged for over three hundred years save in minor details.[br]Further ReadingA.Ruppel, 1967, Johannes Gutenberg: sein Leben und sein Werk, 3rd edn, Nieuwkoop: B.de Graaf (the standard biography), A.M.L.de Lamartine, 1960, Gutenberg, inventeur de l'imprimerie, Tallone.Scholderer, 1963, Gutenberg, Inventor of Printing, London: British Museum.S.H.Steinberg, 1974, Five Hundred Years of Printing 3rd edn, London: Penguin (provides briefer details).LRDBiographical history of technology > Gutenberg, Johann Gensfleisch zum
-
7 lezen
1 [kennis nemen van] read2 [voorlezen] read (out/aloud)♦voorbeelden:je handschrift is niet te lezen • your (hand)writing is illegible(niet) kunnen lezen en schrijven • be (un)able to read and writelezen, schrijven en rekenen • reading, writing and arithmeticdaarover staat in het rapport niets te lezen • the report says nothing about thathet is haast niet te lezen • it's almost impossible to read〈 studenten(taal)〉 heb je er veel omheen gelezen? • have you read up (a lot) on this subject?daar heb ik kennelijk overheen gelezen • I must have overlooked ithij heeft veel gelezen • he's well-readiets vluchtig lezen • skim through somethingdie krant wordt weinig/slecht gelezen • that newspaper has a small readershiphet is leuk/pijnlijk om te lezen • it makes enjoyable/painful readingveel lezen over een schrijver/een bepaald onderwerp • read up on a writer/on a particular subjectbij het lezen • when/while readingik lees hier dat … • it says here that …uit eigen werk lezen • read (from) one's own workII 〈 overgankelijk werkwoord〉1 [opmaken uit, ontcijferen] make of2 [interpreteren, uitleggen] read3 [opdragen] say♦voorbeelden:er meer in lezen dan er staat • read more into something (than intended)wat lees jij uit dit woord? • what do you make of this word?iets op iemands gezicht lezen • see something from someone's face1 [zich laten lezen] read♦voorbeelden:dat boek leest lekker weg • that book is easy reading -
8 sobre
prep.1 on, above, on top of, onto.Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...2 on, about, over, referring to.3 on.Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...m.envelope.pres.subj.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: sobrar.* * *1 (encima) on, upon, on top of2 (por encima) over, above3 (acerca de) about, on4 (alrededor de) about, around5 (superioridad en rango) over6 figurado (indica reiteración) upon, after1 (de correo) envelope2 (de sopa etc) packet\irse al sobre familiar to hit the sacksobre manera exceedinglysobre todo above all, especially* * *1. noun m.1) envelope2) packet2. prep.1) on, upon, on top of2) over3) about•* * *ISM1) [para cartas] envelopesobre de paga, sobre de pago — pay packet
2) ** (=cama) bedmeterse en el sobre — to hit the sack *, hit the hay *
3) LAm (=cartera) handbagIIPREP1) (=encima de) onun puente sobre el río Ebro — a bridge across o over the river Ebro
varios policías se abalanzaron sobre él — several policemen jumped on o fell upon him
la responsabilidad que recae sobre sus hombros — the responsibility which rests on o upon his shoulders
tengo que estar sobre él para que lo haga — I have to stand over him to make him do it, I have to keep a constant watch over him to make sure he does it
2) (=por encima de)a) [+ lugar] overb) [con cantidades] above500 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 500 metres o (EEUU) meters above sea level
3) [indicando superioridad] overtiene muchas ventajas sobre los métodos convencionales — it has many advantages over conventional methods
4) [indicando proporción] out of, intres sobre cien — three out of every hundred, three in a hundred
cuatro personas sobre diez no votarían — four out of ten people would not vote, four in every ten people would not vote
5) (Econ) onun aumento sobre el año pasado — an increase on o over last year
6) (=aproximadamente) aboutocupa sobre 20 páginas — it fills about 20 pages, it occupies roughly 20 pages
7) (=acerca de) about, onun libro sobre Tirso — a book about o on Tirso
8) (=además de) in addition to, on top of9)sobre todo — (=en primer lugar) above all; (=especialmente) especially
sobre todo, no perdamos la calma — above all, let's keep calm
* * *I1)a) (Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope
b) ( envase)un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)
2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bagII1) ( indicando posición)a) ( con contacto)letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background
b) ( sin contacto) overen el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level
estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody
c) ( alrededor de) on3)a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onb) (Com, Fin) onun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices
4) ( acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes
escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...
5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos
6)* * *I1)a) (Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope
b) ( envase)un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)
2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bagII1) ( indicando posición)a) ( con contacto)letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background
b) ( sin contacto) overen el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level
estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody
c) ( alrededor de) on3)a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onb) (Com, Fin) onun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices
4) ( acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes
escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...
5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos
6)* * *sobre11 = envelope.Ex: A jacket or sleeve is a protective envelope for a sound disc, made of cardboard or paper.
* licencia en sobre hermético = shrink-wrap licence [shrinkwrap licence], shrink-wrapped licence [shrinkwrapped licence].* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* sobre acolchado = jiffy bag.* sobre acolchado con burbujas de plástico = bubble bag.* sobre para el control del préstamo = slip holder pocket.* sopa de sobre = instant soup, packet soup.sobre2= about, on, on top of, onto, over, surrounding, the way in which, upon, atop.Ex: His report contains sufficient information about a set of events and the people involved to allow for careful, systematic investigation.
Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.Ex: Cards are superimposed, one on top of another, and carefully aligned.Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.Ex: The conventional name of a government is the geographic name of the area over which the government has jurisdiction.Ex: This section, then, will review the basic problems surrounding the choice of form of headings for persons.Ex: Recommendations relating to analytical cataloguing practices concern themselves primarily with the way in which the part of a document or work to be accessed is described.Ex: Taube's original system relied upon 'uniterms' or one concept terms.Ex: In Paris, the liberty cap atop the pike became an important icon aimed against the fading tyranny of the ancien regime.* sobre ascuas = in suspense.* sobre base de arena = sand-based.* sobre + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.* sobre disco = ondisc.* sobre el automóvil = automotive.* sobre ello = thereupon [thereon].* sobre el papel = in intent, nominally.* sobre el que se están haciendo averiguaciones = under investigation.* sobre el terreno = on the ground.* sobre esta base = on this basis, on that basis.* a partir de esto = on that basis.* sobre forro de tela = cloth-backed.* sobre la base de = in relation to, on the usual basis.* sobre la comedia = comedic.* sobre la marcha = on-the-fly, off the top of + Posesivo + head, right off the bat, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], straight away, as you go, right away, at once.* sobre la superficie = above ground.* sobre la tierra = on earth, on the face of the earth, on the ground.* sobre los glaciares = glaciological.* sobre museos = museum-based.* sobre ruedas = on wheels, roll-out, without a hitch.* sobre suelo firme = on firm footing.* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.* sobre todo = above all, above everything else, overwhelmingly, in particular, above all things.* Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.* y sobre todo = and worst of all.* * *A1 ( Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea airmail envelopesobre de ventanilla window envelope2B ( arg)irse al sobre to hit the sack o the hay ( colloq)1(cuando hay contacto): lo dejé sobre la mesa I left it on the tablelos fue poniendo uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the othervestía chaqueta a or de cuadros sobre una camisa blanca he wore a checked jacket over a white shirtletras en azul sobre un fondo blanco blue letters on o upon a white backgroundla lluvia que cayó sobre Quito the rain that fell on Quitoprestar juramento sobre los Santos Evangelios to swear on the Holy Biblela población está sobre el Paraná the town is on the Paraná riverse abalanzaron sobre él they leapt on himestamos sobre su pista we're on their trail2 (cuando no hay contacto) overvolaremos sobre Santiago we shall be flying over Santiagose inclinó sobre su lecho de enfermo she leaned o bent over his sick beden el techo justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea levelestar sobre algn to check up on sbestá constantemente sobre ella para que estudie he has to keep checking up on her to make sure she studies3 (alrededor de) ongira sobre su eje it spins on its axis4 ( Mat):X/y (en ecuaciones) (read as: x sobre y) X/y (léase: x over y)18/20 (calificación) (read as: 18 sobre 20) 18/20 (léase: 18 out of 20)B(en relaciones de jerarquía): sobre estos representantes tenemos al jefe de zona above these representatives we have the area headsu victoria sobre el equipo local their victory over the local teamamar a Dios sobre todas las cosas love God above all elseC1 (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onhan tenido mucha influencia sobre él they have had a great influence on himuna opereta sobre libreto de Sierra an operetta with libretto by Sierraun nuevo impuesto sobre las importaciones a new tax on importsun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado an increase of 11% on o over last year's pricesla hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa the mortgage on the houseprestan dinero sobre alhajas they lend money on jewelrycheque sobre Buenos Aires check payable in Buenos Airescheque girado sobre el Banco de Córdoba check drawn on the Banco de CórdobaD (acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos tax legislation, legislation on taxesexisten muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on the subjectescribió sobre el espinoso tema de … she wrote on o about the thorny topic of …E1(próximo a): el ejército está sobre la ciudad the army is at the gates of the cityllegué muy sobre la hora ( AmS); I only arrived a short time beforehanddebe pesar sobre los 70 kilos he must weigh around o about 70 kilosFsobre todo above alltuvo mucho éxito, sobre todo entre la juventud it was very successful, above all o particularly o especially among young peopleaumentan las presiones políticas, sociales y, sobre todo, económicas the political, social and, above all, economic pressures are growing* * *
Del verbo sobrar: ( conjugate sobrar)
sobré es:
1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo
sobre es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
sobrar
sobre
sobre-
sobrar ( conjugate sobrar) verbo intransitivoa) (quedar, restar):
¿te ha sobrado dinero? do you have any money left?b) ( estar de más):◊ ya veo que sobro aquí I can see I'm not wanted/needed here;
a mí no me sobra el dinero I don't have money to throw around (colloq);
sobra un cubierto there's an extra place
sobre sustantivo masculino
1 (Corresp) envelope
2 (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bag
■ preposición
1 ( indicando posición)
los puso uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the other;
estamos sobre su pista we're on their trail
en el techo, justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table;
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea level
2 ( en relaciones de jerarquía):
3 ( acerca de) on;◊ hay muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on o about the subject
4 (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE);◊ sobre unos 70 kilos around o about 70 kilos
5
sobrar verbo intransitivo
1 (quedar) to be left (over): si sobra tela hago un cojín, if there's any fabric left, I'll make a cushion
2 (haber en exceso) to be more than enough: nos sobra espacio para ponerlo, we have plenty of room to put it
3 (estar de más, ser innecesario) su marido sobraba en aquella reunión, her husband wasn't wanted at that meeting
sobran las disculpas, there is no need for you to apologize
sobre 1 sustantivo masculino
1 (para meter papeles, cartas) envelope
2 (para sopa) packet
(para medicina, etc) sachet
3 fam hum bed
ir al sobre, to go to bed
sobre 2 preposición
1 (encima de) on, upon, on top of: se puso un chal sobre los hombros, she put a shawl over her shoulders
toda la responsabilidad recae sobre él, the entire responsibility falls on him
2 (por encima) over, above
3 (en torno a, hacia) about: llamaron sobre las seis, they phoned at about six o'clock
4 (a propósito de) about, on: hablaremos sobre ello, we'll talk about it
un libro sobre Napoleón, a book on Napoleón
5 (además de) upon
6 (para indicar el objeto de la acción) ejerce mucha influencia sobre él, he has a lot of influence on him
♦ Locuciones: sobre todo, above all
sobre- pref super-, over-
' sobre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abalanzarse
- abatirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acometer
- acumularse
- advertir
- alertar
- antediluviana
- antediluviano
- ascendiente
- ascua
- aviso
- cábala
- caballería
- carta
- cerrar
- charla
- conferencia
- conversar
- copete
- curso
- dato
- derramar
- descargar
- desconocimiento
- deslizarse
- dictaminar
- discusión
- discutir
- disertar
- dispar
- disputar
- documentación
- documentarse
- elevarse
- en
- encima
- encogerse
- entrañas
- especialmente
- estabilizador
- estabilizadora
- estándar
- estimativa
- estimativo
- eurócrata
- extendida
- extendido
- fantasma
English:
about
- above
- act on
- aerial
- alive
- all
- array
- article
- assert
- background
- balance
- basis
- bear down on
- bob
- brain
- bridge
- call
- capital gains tax
- card
- cast
- chiefly
- client
- comfortably
- concise
- confer
- consult
- contention
- converse
- credit bureau
- dab
- dark
- deal with
- debate
- deduction
- definition
- deliberate
- denunciation
- develop
- diary
- differ
- discuss
- dispute
- disseminate
- dissertation
- dive
- double back
- dubious
- enclose
- enclosure
- enlarge
* * *sobre1 nm1. [para cartas] envelope2. [para alimentos, medicamentos] sachet, packet4. Am [bolsa] clutch bag♦ prep1. [encima de] on (top of);el libro está sobre la mesa the book is on (top of) the table;aún hay nieve sobre las montañas there's still snow on the mountains;fui apilando las tejas una sobre otra I piled the tiles up one on top of the other;una cruz roja sobre fondo blanco a red cross on o against a white background;varios policías saltaron sobre él several policemen fell upon him;seguimos sobre su pista we're still on her trail;Andes, RPsobre la hora: ¿tomamos algo antes de que subas al tren? – imposible, ya estoy sobre la hora shall we have a bite to eat before you catch the train? – I can't, I'm already tight for time;llegamos muy sobre la hora we arrived with very little time to spare2. [por encima de] over, above;el puente sobre la bahía the bridge across o over the bay;en estos momentos volamos sobre la isla de Pascua we are currently flying over Easter Island;la catedral destaca sobre los demás edificios the cathedral stands out over o above the other buildings;a 3.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 3,000 metres above sea level3. [en torno a] on;la Tierra gira sobre sí misma the Earth revolves on its own axis4. [indica superioridad]su opinión está sobre las de los demás his opinion is more important than that of the others;una victoria sobre alguien a win over sbtiene muchas ventajas sobre el antiguo modelo it has a lot of advantages over the old model;su efecto sobre la quemadura es inmediato its effect on the burn is immediate;no tienen influencia sobre ellos they have no influence over them6. [acerca de] about, on;discuten sobre política they are arguing about politics;un libro sobre el amor a book about o on love;una conferencia sobre el desarme a conference on disarmament7. [aproximadamente] about;llegarán sobre las diez/sobre el jueves they'll arrive at about ten o'clock/around Thursday;tiene sobre los veinte años she's about twenty;los solicitantes deben de ser sobre dos mil there must be about two thousand applicants8. [indica acumulación] upon;nos contó mentira sobre mentira he told us lie upon lie o one lie after another9. [indica inminencia] upon;la desgracia estaba ya sobre nosotros the disaster was already upon us♦ sobre todo loc advabove all;afectó sobre todo a la industria turística it particularly affected the tourist industry;y, sobre todo, no le digas nada a ella and, above all, don't say anything to her* * *I m envelope;sopa de sobre packet soupII prp1 on;sobre la mesa on the table2 ( acerca de):sobre esto about this3 ( alrededor de):sobre las tres around three o’clock4:sobre todo above all, especially* * *sobre nm1) : envelope2) : packetun sobre de sazón: a packet of seasoningsobre prep1) : on, on top ofsobre la mesa: on the table2) : over, above3) : about¿tiene libros sobre Bolivia?: do you have books on Bolivia?4)sobre todo : especially, above all* * *sobre1 n1. (para carta) envelope2. (envoltorio) packet3. (envoltorio pequeño) sachetsobre2 prep1. (encima de) on2. (por encima de) over3. (acerca de, alrededor de) aboutsobre todo above all / especially -
9 heißen
(benennen) to call;(hissen) to hoist;(sich nennen) to be called* * *hei|ßen ['haisn] pret hieß [hiːs] ptp geheißen [gə'haisn]1. vtjdn einen Lügner etc héíßen — to call sb a liar etc
oder wie heißt man das? (inf) —... or what do you call it?
... oder wie man das heißt —... or whatever it's called
2) (geh = auffordern) to tell, to bid (form)jdn etw tun héíßen — to tell sb to do sth, to bid sb do sth
jdn willkommen héíßen — to bid sb welcome
2. vi1) (= den Namen haben, bezeichnet werden) to be called (Brit) or named; (= als Titel haben) to be titledwie héíßen Sie/heißt die Straße? — what are you/is the street called?, what's your name/the name of the street?
wie kann man nur Gotthelf/so héíßen? — how can anyone have a name like Gotthelf/like that?
eigentlich heißt es richtig X — actually the correct word is X
... und wie sie alle héíßen —... and the rest of them
... so wahr ich Franz-Josef heiße (als Bekräftigung) —... as sure as I'm standing here
... dann will ich Fridolin héíßen —... then I'm a Dutchman (Brit) or a monkey's uncle
2) (= bestimmte Bedeutung haben) to mean3) (= lauten) to be; (Spruch, Gedicht etc) to go4)3. vi impers1)es soll nicht héíßen, dass... — never let it be said that...
2)(= zu lesen sein)
in der Bibel/im Gesetz/in seinem Brief heißt es, dass... — the Bible/the law/his letter says that..., in the Bible etc it says that...bei Hegel/Goethe etc heißt es... — Hegel/Goethe says...
3)* * *(to (cause a word, phrase etc to) be replaced by another, eg in a document or manuscript: There is one error on this page - For `two yards', read `two metres'; `Two yards long' should read `two metres long'.) read* * *hei·ßen< hieß, geheißen>[ˈhaisn̩]I. vi1. (den Namen haben) to be calledwie \heißen Sie? what's your name?ich heiße Schmitz my name is Schmitzwie soll das Baby denn \heißen? what shall we call [or will we name] the baby?er heißt jetzt anders he has changed his nameso heißt der Ort, in dem ich geboren wurde that's the name of the place where I was bornich glaube, der Bach heißt Kinsbeke oder so ähnlich I think the stream is called Kinsbeke or something like thatwie hieß die Straße noch, wo Sie wohnen? what did you say was the name of the street where you live?wie heißt das Buch? what is the title of the book?▪ nach jdm \heißen to be named after sb... und wie sie alle \heißen... and the rest of them2. (entsprechen) to mean„ja“ heißt auf Japanisch „hai“ “hai” is Japanese for “yes”was heißt eigentlich „Liebe“ auf Russisch? tell me, what's the Russian [word] for “love”?ich kann die Schrift nicht lesen, was soll das \heißen? I can't read the script, what is that meant to read?gut, er will sich darum kümmern, aber was heißt das schon good, he wants to take care of it, but that doesn't mean anythingheißt das, Sie wollen mehr Geld? does that mean you want more money?was soll das [denn] \heißen? what does that mean?, what's that supposed to mean?das will nicht viel \heißen that doesn't really mean muchwas heißt das schon that doesn't mean anythingdas will schon etwas \heißen that's saying somethingich weiß, was es heißt, allein zu sein I know what it means to be alonedas heißt,... that is to say...; (vorausgesetzt) that is,...; (sich verbessernd) or should I say,..., or what I really mean is,...4. (lauten)▪ irgendwie \heißen to go somehowdu irrst dich, das Sprichwort heißt anders you're wrong, the proverb goes something elsejetzt fällt mir wieder ein, wie der Spruch heißt now I remember how the motto goes5.II. vi impers1. (zu lesen sein)▪ irgendwo heißt es... it says somewhere...in ihrem Brief heißt es, dass sie die Prüfung bestanden hat it says in her letter that she's passed the examAuge um Auge, wie es im Alten Testament heißt an eye for an eye, as it says in the Old Testamentwie es im Faust heißt to quote from Faust2. (als Gerücht kursieren)▪ es heißt, dass... they say [or there is a rumour [or AM rumor]] that...bisher hieß es doch immer, dass wir eine Gehaltserhöhung bekommen sollen it has always been said up to now that we were to get a pay risein der Firma heißt es, dass Massenentlassungen geplant sind there's talk in the company that mass redundancies are plannedhier hast du fünfzig Euro, es soll nicht \heißen, dass ich geizig bin here's fifty euros for you, never let it be said that I'm tight-fisted▪ es heißt, etw zu tun I/we/you must do sthnun heißt es handeln now is the time for actionda heißt es auf der Hut sein you'd better watch out1. (nennen)▪ jdn/etw irgendwie \heißen to call sb/sth sther hieß ihn einen Lügner he called him a liardas heiße ich Pünktlichkeit that's what I call punctuality2. (auffordern)sie hieß ihn hereinkommen she asked him to come in* * *I 1.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (den Namen tragen) be calledso wahr ich... heiße — (ugs.) as sure as I'm standing here
dann will ich Emil heißen — (ugs.) then I'm a Dutchman (coll.)
2) (bedeuten) meanwas heißt ‘danke’ auf Französisch? — what's the French for ‘thanks’?
das will viel/nicht viel heißen — that means a lot/doesn't mean much
was heißt hier: morgen? — what do you mean, tomorrow?
das heißt — that is [to say]
der Titel/sein Motto heißt... — the title/his motto is...
4) unperses heißt, dass... — they say or it is said that...
es heißt, dass sie unheilbar krank ist — she is said to be incurably ill
es soll nicht heißen, dass... — never let it be said that...
5) unpersin dem Gedicht/Roman/Artikel heißt es... — in the poem/novel/article it says that...
6) unpers2.jetzt heißt es aufgepasst! — (geh.) you'd better watch out now!
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (geh.): (auffordern) tell; bidjemanden etwas tun heißen — tell somebody to do something; bid somebody do something
2) (geh.): (bezeichnen als) call3) (veralt.): (nennen) name; callIItransitives Verb s. hissen* * *heißen1; heißt, hieß, hat geheißenA. v/i1. mit Name, Bezeichnung: be called;ich heiße … my name is …;wie heißt du? what’s your name?;sie heißt (Gertrud) nach ihrer Tante she’s called (Gertrude) after her aunt;früher hat sie anders geheißen she used to have a different name, she used to be called something else;so wahr ich … heiße as sure as my name’s …; wenn das stimmt,will ich … heißen then I’m …;… und wie sie alle heißen and so on, and all that sort of thing;wie heißt das? what’s that called?;wie heißt die Straße? what’s the name of this street?, what street is this?2. (bedeuten) mean;wie heißt das auf Englisch? what’s that (called) in English?;was heißt … auf Englisch? what’s … in English?, what’s the English (word oder expression) for …?;würde heißen that would mean;das will (et)was heißen that’s saying something;das will nicht viel heißen that doesn’t mean much;was heißt das schon? so?, that doesn’t mean a thing;das soll nicht heißen, dass … that doesn’t mean (to say) that …;soll das heißen, dass …? oderdas heißt also, dass … does that mean (that) …?, do you mean to say (that) …?;das heißt doch nicht etwa, dass …? you don’t mean to say (that) …?;was soll das denn heißen? what’s that supposed to mean?;was heißt hier: gleich? what do you mean, “straight away?”es heißt, dass … they say that …, apparently …;es soll nachher nicht heißen, dass … I don’t want it to be said that …;damit es nicht (nachher) heißt, … so that nobody can say …;es hieß doch (ausdrücklich), dass … it was (specifically oder expressly) stated that …;es heißt in dem Brief it says in the letter, the letter says;wie heißt es doch gleich bei Schiller/in der Bibel? what does it say in Schiller/the Bible?, what does Schiller/the Bible say?4. unpers:Vorsicht! then you’d etc better watch out!B. v/t1. (nennen) call;das heiße ich eine gute Nachricht that’s what I call good news;jemanden einen Lügner/Feigling heißen call sb a liar/coward2.jemanden willkommen heißen welcome sb3. geh (auffordern zu):er hieß sie schweigen he bade her be silent;wer hat dich denn kommen heißen? verärgert: who invited you?heißen2 v/t SCHIFF hoist* * *I 1.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (den Namen tragen) be calledich heiße Hans — I am called Hans; my name is Hans
so wahr ich... heiße — (ugs.) as sure as I'm standing here
dann will ich Emil heißen — (ugs.) then I'm a Dutchman (coll.)
2) (bedeuten) meanwas heißt ‘danke’ auf Französisch? — what's the French for ‘thanks’?
das will viel/nicht viel heißen — that means a lot/doesn't mean much
was heißt hier: morgen? — what do you mean, tomorrow?
das heißt — that is [to say]
der Titel/sein Motto heißt... — the title/his motto is...
4) unperses heißt, dass... — they say or it is said that...
es heißt, dass sie unheilbar krank ist — she is said to be incurably ill
es soll nicht heißen, dass... — never let it be said that...
5) unpersin dem Gedicht/Roman/Artikel heißt es... — in the poem/novel/article it says that...
6) unpers2.jetzt heißt es aufgepasst! — (geh.) you'd better watch out now!
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (geh.): (auffordern) tell; bidjemanden etwas tun heißen — tell somebody to do something; bid somebody do something
2) (geh.): (bezeichnen als) call3) (veralt.): (nennen) name; callIItransitives Verb s. hissen* * *v.(§ p.,pp.: hieß, geheißen)= to call (give a name to) v.to mean v.(§ p.,p.p.: meant)to name v. -
10 descubrir
v.1 to discover.Elsa descubrió el escondite Elsa discovered the hiding place.2 to unveil (destapar) (estatua, placa).la entrevista nos descubrió otra faceta de su personalidad the interview revealed another aspect of his characterdescubrir el pastel (figurative) to let the cat out of the bag, to give the game away3 to discover, to find out (enterarse de).descubrió que su mujer lo engañaba he discovered o found out that his wife was cheating on him4 to give away.5 to uncover, to bare, to find out.Elsa descubre sus brazos Elsa uncovers her arms.6 to disclose, to bare, to expose, to reveal.Teo descubrió su secreto Teo disclosed his secret.* * *(pp descubierto,-a)1 (gen) to discover; (petróleo, oro, minas) to find; (conspiración) to uncover; (crimen) to bring to light2 (revelar) to reveal3 (averiguar) to find out, discover4 (delatar) to give away5 (divisar) to make out, see6 (destapar) to uncover1 (la cabeza) to take off one's hat3 (en boxeo) to lower one's guard* * *verb1) to discover, find out2) uncover3) unveil* * *( pp descubierto)1. VT1) (=encontrar) [+ tesoro, tratamiento, persona oculta] to discover, find; [+ país, deportista] to discoveral revisar las cuentas ha descubierto numerosas irregularidades — when he went over the accounts he discovered o found numerous irregularities
descubra Bruselas, corazón de Europa — discover Brussels, the heart of Europe
los análisis han descubierto la presencia de un virus — the tests have revealed o shown up the presence of a virus
2) (=averiguar) [+ verdad] to find out, discoverhe descubierto la causa de su malhumor — I've found out o discovered why he's in such a bad mood
descubrió que era alérgica a las gambas — she found out o discovered she was allergic to prawns
3) (=sacar a la luz) [+ conspiración, estafa] to uncover; [+ secreto, intenciones] to revealnunca nos descubrirá sus secretos — he will never tell us his secrets, he will never reveal his secrets to us
4) (=delatar) to give away5) (=destapar) [+ estatua, placa] to unveil; [+ cacerola] to take the lid off; [+ naipes] to turn over, lay up; [+ cara] to uncoverdescubrió la cara y su contrincante le asestó un derechazo en la mandíbula — he uncovered his face and his opponent landed a right on his jaw
6) (=divisar) to make outapenas se podía descubrir al avión entre las nubes — you could just make out the plane among the clouds
7) liter (=transparentar) to revealla seda le descubría el escote — the silk revealed o exposed her cleavage
2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <tierras/sustancia/fenómeno> to discover; <oro/ruinas/cadáver> to discover, find; < virus> to identifyb) <artista/atleta> to discover2)a) (enterarse de, averiguar) <razón/solución> to discover, find out; <complot/engaño> to uncover; < fraude> to detectaún no se han descubierto las causas del accidente — the causes of the accident have not yet been established
b) < persona escondida> to find, track downc) < culpable> find... outd) ( delatar) to give... away3)a) <estatua/placa> to unveilb) (liter) ( dejar ver) <cuerpo/forma> to revealc) ( revelar) <planes/intenciones> to reveal2.descubrirse v pron1) (refl) ( quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; < rostro> to uncoverme descubro! — I take my hat off to you/him/them
2) ( delatarse) to give oneself away* * *= dig up, discover, find out, unlock, spy, uncover, unearth, find, come to + light, unveil, ferret out, unfurl, lay + bare, tease apart, bare, suss (out).Ex. The list of changed headings is almost literally endless if you have the patience to dig them all up.Ex. This, in turn, depends upon users and user interests, and it may be necessary to conduct a survey to discover or update the profile of user interests.Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.Ex. NTIS is a key partner in unlocking the world's technology.Ex. She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.Ex. It requires an extraordinarily astute librarian to uncover this shortcoming at the interview stage.Ex. Librarians also provide some assistance with that most familiar and awkward-to-handle enquiry from library users concerning the possible value of Grandpa's old Bible or other old book unearthed in the attic during a clear-out.Ex. His trial came up in July 1892 and by then the city accountant had found that over $9,000 had been misappropriated.Ex. A further disquieting feature which came to light was the number of people who did not approach staff for help.Ex. Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.Ex. As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.Ex. This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.Ex. The aim of this article is to lay bare the causes of this state of affairs.Ex. The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.Ex. The judge ruled that a magazine that published a photograph of a woman baring her breasts at a pig roast did not intrude on her privacy.Ex. He was incredulous when he sussed that the noises came from bona-fide gibbons.----* descubrir Algo = make + a discovery.* descubrir el pastel = blow + the gaff, spill + the beans, let + the cat out of the bag.* descubrir una mina de oro = strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* descubrir un secreto = spill + the beans, blow + the gaff, let + the cat out of the bag.* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.* sin descubrir = undiscovered.* volver a descubrir = rediscover.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <tierras/sustancia/fenómeno> to discover; <oro/ruinas/cadáver> to discover, find; < virus> to identifyb) <artista/atleta> to discover2)a) (enterarse de, averiguar) <razón/solución> to discover, find out; <complot/engaño> to uncover; < fraude> to detectaún no se han descubierto las causas del accidente — the causes of the accident have not yet been established
b) < persona escondida> to find, track downc) < culpable> find... outd) ( delatar) to give... away3)a) <estatua/placa> to unveilb) (liter) ( dejar ver) <cuerpo/forma> to revealc) ( revelar) <planes/intenciones> to reveal2.descubrirse v pron1) (refl) ( quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; < rostro> to uncoverme descubro! — I take my hat off to you/him/them
2) ( delatarse) to give oneself away* * *= dig up, discover, find out, unlock, spy, uncover, unearth, find, come to + light, unveil, ferret out, unfurl, lay + bare, tease apart, bare, suss (out).Ex: The list of changed headings is almost literally endless if you have the patience to dig them all up.
Ex: This, in turn, depends upon users and user interests, and it may be necessary to conduct a survey to discover or update the profile of user interests.Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.Ex: NTIS is a key partner in unlocking the world's technology.Ex: She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.Ex: It requires an extraordinarily astute librarian to uncover this shortcoming at the interview stage.Ex: Librarians also provide some assistance with that most familiar and awkward-to-handle enquiry from library users concerning the possible value of Grandpa's old Bible or other old book unearthed in the attic during a clear-out.Ex: His trial came up in July 1892 and by then the city accountant had found that over $9,000 had been misappropriated.Ex: A further disquieting feature which came to light was the number of people who did not approach staff for help.Ex: Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.Ex: As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.Ex: This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.Ex: The aim of this article is to lay bare the causes of this state of affairs.Ex: The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.Ex: The judge ruled that a magazine that published a photograph of a woman baring her breasts at a pig roast did not intrude on her privacy.Ex: He was incredulous when he sussed that the noises came from bona-fide gibbons.* descubrir Algo = make + a discovery.* descubrir el pastel = blow + the gaff, spill + the beans, let + the cat out of the bag.* descubrir una mina de oro = strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* descubrir un secreto = spill + the beans, blow + the gaff, let + the cat out of the bag.* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.* sin descubrir = undiscovered.* volver a descubrir = rediscover.* * *vtA1 ‹tierras/sustancia/fenómeno› to discover; ‹oro/ruinas/cadáver› to discover, finden los análisis han descubierto unos anticuerpos extraños the tests have revealed o ( BrE) shown up the presence of unusual antibodiestodavía no se ha descubierto el virus causante de la enfermedad the virus responsible for causing the disease has not yet been identifieddurante mi investigación descubrí este expediente in the course of my research I discovered o unearthed this dossierhe descubierto un restaurante fabuloso cerca de aquí I've discovered a wonderful restaurant nearby2 ‹artista/atleta› to discoverB1 (enterarse de, averiguar) to discover, find outdescubrió que lo habían engañado he discovered o found out that he had been trickedaún no se han descubierto las causas del accidente the causes of the accident have not yet been establishedel complot fue descubierto a tiempo the plot was uncovered in timedescubrieron el fraude cuando ya era demasiado tarde the fraud was detected when it was already too lateen momentos como éstos descubres quiénes son los verdaderos amigos it's at times like these that you find out who your real friends are2 ‹persona escondida› to find, track down3 ‹culpable› find … outno dijo nada por miedo a que lo descubrieran he said nothing for fear that he might be found out4 (delatar) to give … awayla carta los descubrió the letter gave them awayestamos preparando una fiesta para Pilar, no nos descubras we're arranging a party for Pilar, so don't give the game awayC1 ‹estatua/placa› to unveil2 ( liter) (dejar ver) ‹cuerpo/forma› to reveal3 (revelar) ‹planes/intenciones› to revealA ( refl) (quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; ‹rostro› to uncoverse descubrió el brazo para enseñar las cicatrices he pulled up his sleeve to show the scars¡me descubro! I take my hat off to you/him/themB (delatarse) to give oneself away* * *
descubrir ( conjugate descubrir) verbo transitivo
1 ‹tierras/oro/artista› to discover
2
‹complot/engaño› to uncover;
‹ fraude› to detect
3
descubrir verbo transitivo
1 (algo oculto o ignorado) to discover
(un plan secreto) to uncover
(oro, petróleo, etc) to find
2 (algo tapado) to uncover, (una placa conmemorativa) to unveil
3 (enterarse) to find out: descubrió que no era hija de su padre, she found out that she wasn't her father's daughter
4 (revelar, manifestar) to give away
' descubrir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adivinar
- delatar
- desvelar
- encontrarse
- hallar
- instigación
- sacar
- coger
- destapar
- encontrar
English:
bare
- bean
- call
- detect
- dig out
- discover
- expose
- find
- find out
- search out
- see
- show up
- smell out
- strike
- uncover
- unveil
- cat
- divine
- ferret
- rediscover
- spot
- spy
- trace
- unearth
* * *♦ vt1. [hallar] to discover;[petróleo] to strike, to find; [oro, plutonio] to find; [nuevas tierras, artista, novedad científica] to discover;no han descubierto la causa de su enfermedad they haven't discovered the cause of his illness;callejeando descubrimos un bar irlandés we came across an Irish bar as we wandered about the streets;la policía descubrió al secuestrador the police found the kidnapper;Fam Hum¡has descubierto América! you've reinvented the wheel2. [destapar] [estatua, placa] to unveil;[complot, parte del cuerpo] to uncover; [cualidades, defectos] to reveal;los periodistas descubrieron un caso de estafa the reporters uncovered a case of fraud;la entrevista nos descubrió otra faceta de su personalidad the interview revealed another aspect of his character;descubrir el pastel to let the cat out of the bag, to give the game away3. [enterarse de] to discover, to find out;¿qué has conseguido descubrir? what have you managed to find out?;descubrió que su mujer lo engañaba he discovered o found out that his wife was cheating on him4. [vislumbrar] to spot, to spy5. [delatar] to give away;una indiscreción la descubrió an indiscreet remark gave her away* * *<part descubierto> v/t2 ( averiguar) discover, find out* * *descubrir {2} vt1) hallar: to discover, to find out2) revelar: to uncover, to reveal* * *descubrir vb1. (encontrar, hallar) to discover -
11 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
12 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
13 prendere
1. v/t takemalattia, treno catchcosa prendi? what will you have?prendere qualcuno per un italiano take or mistake someone for an Italianandare/venire a prendere qualcuno fetch someoneprendere fuoco catch fireprendere il sole sunbatheprendere paura take fright, get frightenedcivil aviation prendere quota gain heightprendere in giro qualcuno pull someone's legprendersela get upset ( per aboutcon with)che ti prende? what's got into you?2. v/i prendere a destra turn right* * *prendere v.tr.1 to take*; ( acchiappare) to catch*; ( afferrare) to seize: il gatto ha preso un topo, the cat has caught a mouse; hanno preso il ladro, they have caught the thief; non si lasciò prendere, he did his best not to get caught; ho preso due pesci, una lepre, I've caught two fish, a hare; le prese la mano, he took her hand; lo prese per il braccio e lo spinse fuori, he seized him by the arm and pushed him out; prendi questa lettera, take this letter; prendilo se vuoi, take it if you want it; se non lo vuoi me lo prendo io, if you don't want it I'll take it; prendo lezioni d'inglese, I take English lessons; prese la palla che gli gettai, he caught the ball I threw him; questa mattina non ero in tempo per prendere il treno delle nove, this morning I was not in time to catch the nine o'clock train; prenderò un taxi, I'll take a taxi; questo esempio è preso dalla Bibbia, this example is taken from the Bible; prendere un cavallo per le briglie, to take (hold of) a horse by the bridle; prendere qlcu. fra le braccia, to take s.o. in one's arms; prendere una fortezza, to take (o to capture) a fortress; prendere una laurea, to take a degree; prendere una medicina, to take a medicine; prendere un premio, to take (o to win) a prize // prendere su, to pick up: prendi su quelle carte, ( da terra) pick up those papers; ( prendile con te) take those papers with you // andare a prendere, to fetch: devo andarti a prendere un bicchiere d'acqua?, shall I fetch you a glass of water?; puoi andare a prendere mio figlio a scuola?, can you fetch my son from school?; verrò a prenderti nel pomeriggio, I'll call for you in the afternoon // fu presa dalla collera, she was seized with anger; fu preso dalla paura, he was seized with fright; fu preso da malore, he was taken ill // fui preso in trappola, I was caught in a trap // lo presi per un inglese, I took him for an Englishman // non prendere freddo, don't take cold // non ha preso cibo da due giorni, he hasn't eaten for two days // prendi questa strada, take this road // prendere dei pensionanti, to take in boarders // prenditi un po' di riposo, take a rest2 ( assumere) ( personale) to hire, to employ, to engage; ( comando, direzione ecc.) to assume, to take* over: dovremo prendere una segretaria, we'll have to hire (o to employ) a secretary; hanno preso un cameriere filippino, they've hired a Philippino waiter; prenderemo un avventizio per tre mesi, we'll employ a temporary worker for three months; prendere la direzione di una ditta, to take over the management of a firm; prendere il comando, to take over (o to assume) command // prendere servizio, to begin working // non me ne prendo la responsabilità, I won't take responsibility for it3 ( guadagnare) to earn, to get*; ( far pagare) to charge: prende un ottimo stipendio, he earns (o gets) an excellent wage; nella nuova ditta prende di più, in his new firm he earns more; quanto prendi a lezione?, how much do you charge for a lesson?4 ( richiede) to take*, to require: è un lavoro che prende molto tempo, this kind of work takes (o requires) a lot of time5 ( cogliere, sorprendere) to catch*, to take*: lo presi mentre frugava nella mia scrivania, I caught him while he was (o in the act of) rummaging in my desk; prendere il nemico di sorpresa, to take the enemy by surprise6 ( occupare) to take* up: questa poltrona prende troppo posto, this armchair takes up too much room7 ( comprare) to buy*; ( affittare) to rent: ha preso una casa al mare per l'estate, he has rented a house at the seaside for the summer; voglio prendermi un cappotto nuovo, I want to buy a new coat // prenderò un'auto a nolo, I'll hire a car8 ( colpire) to catch*, to get*; to hit*: lo presi sulla testa, I caught him on the head; prese la lepre al primo colpo, he hit (o got) the hare first shot9 ( malattie) to catch*, to get*: si è preso di nuovo l'influenza, he caught the flu again; non vorrei prendermi un raffreddore, I wouldn't like to get (o catch) a cold10 prendere a, ( incominciare a) to start (doing): dopo la morte del figlio egli prese a bere, after his son's death he took to drinking; quando prende a parlare nessuno riesce a fermarlo, when he starts talking nobody can stop him◆ v. intr.1 to take*; ( voltare) to turn: prendere a sinistra, a destra, to turn (to the) left, (to the) right; prendi ( per) questa strada, take this road; prendi per i campi, strike out across the fields◆ FRASEOLOGIA: che ti prende?, what's the matter with you? (o what's up?); non prendertela!, don't take on so!; non prendertela con me, don't be angry with me (o don't lay the blame on me); se la prende comoda, he takes it easy; se la prende troppo per l'avvenire di suo fratello, he is too concerned about his brother's future; se la prese a cuore, he took it to heart; se l'è presa, se l'è presa in mala parte, he has taken it amiss (o he has taken offence at it); non so come prenderlo, è sempre così nervoso, I don't know how to handle him, he is always so irritable; prendere qlcu. con le buone, con le cattive, to treat s.o. with kindness, harshly; prendere in simpatia, in antipatia qlcu., to take a liking, a dislike to s.o. // per chi mi prendi?, who do you take me for? // prendi tempo, non c'è fretta, take your time, there's no hurry // prendere interesse a qlco., to take an interest in sthg. // prendere marito, moglie, to get married // prendere o lasciare, take it or leave it // presi tanta pioggia, I got soaking wet (o I got soaked to the skin) // prendere l'abitudine di..., to get into the habit of... // prendere le cose come vengono, to take things as they come // prendere una cosa per un'altra, to mistake one thing for another // prendere un terno al lotto, to have a stroke of luck // prendere il toro per le corna, to take the bull by the horns // prenderle, to be beaten; ( di bambini) to be smacked (o spanked): il bambino le prese da suo padre, the child was smacked by his father // essere preso d'amore per..., to fall in love with... ∙ Per frasi come: prendere atto, prendere forma, prendere il largo, prendere piede ecc. → atto, forma, largo, piede ecc.* * *1. ['prɛndere]vb irreg vtha preso il libro dal tavolo — he picked up o took the book from the table
l'ho preso dal cassetto — I took o got it out of the drawer
l'ha preso per mano — she took his hand o took him by the hand
abbiamo preso una casa — (affittare) we have rented a house, (comprare) we have bought a house
3) (direzione, scorciatoia, mezzo pubblico) to takeha preso il treno — he took the train, he went by train
ha preso il treno delle 10 — he took o caught the 10 o'clock train
4) (registrare) to take (down)5) (guadagnare) to get, earn, (chiedere: somma, prezzo) to charge, askprende 2000 euro al mese — he makes o earns 2000 euros a month
6) (ricevere: colpi, schiaffi, sgridata) to get, (subire: malattia) to catch7) (ingoiare: pasto, panino, tè) to have, (medicina) to takeprendi qualcosa? — (da bere, da mangiare) would you like something to eat (o drink)?
8) (assumere: collaboratore, dipendente) to take on, hire, (responsabilità) to take on, assume, (tono, aria) to put on, (colore) to take on, (decisione) to take, make, come to9)essere preso dai rimorsi — to be full of remorse10)prendere qn/qc per — to mistake sb/sth forha preso le mie parole per o come un'offesa — he took offence at my words
per chi mi prendi? — who do you think I am?, what do you take me for?
11) (trattare: persona) to handleprendere qn con le buone/cattive — to handle sb tactfully/rudely
12) (occupare: spazio, tempo) to take up13)prendere a fare qc — to begin to do sth, start doing sth14)prendersela — (adirarsi) to get annoyed, (preoccuparsi) to get upset, worry
15)prendere da qn — (assomigliare) to take after sbprendersi cura di qn/qc — to look after sb/sth
2)prendere a destra — to go o turn right3)mi è preso un colpo — I got such a fright3. vr (prendersi)(uso reciproco: afferrarsi) to grab each other, seize each otherprendersi a pugni — to come to blows, punch each other
* * *['prɛndere] 1.verbo transitivo1) to take*; (afferrare) to grasp, to grab, to seize; (in movimento) to catch*; (raccogliere) to pick upprendere qcn. per il braccio, per (la) mano — to take sb. by the arm, hand
tieni, prendi! — here! catch!
prendere qcs. al volo — to catch sth. in midair
2) (sorprendere) to catch*; (catturare) to catch*, to capture; mil. (conquistare) to take*, to seize [città, fortezza]farsi prendere — to be o get caught
farsi prendere dal panico — to get o fly into a panic
3) (utilizzare) to take* [mezzo di trasporto, strada]prendere una curva — (imboccare) to go around a bend
4) (portare) to bring*; (portare via con sé) to take*; (rubare) to take*, to steal*prendi la sciarpa, fa freddo — take your scarf, it's cold
5) (ritirare) to get*prendere indietro — to take back [regalo, articolo, merce]
6) (prelevare)passare a prendere qcn., qcs. — to call for o pick up sb., sth
7) (consumare) to have* [bevanda, alimento, pasto]; to take* [medicina, droga]non prendi qcs. (da bere, da mangiare)? — won't you have sth. to eat or drink?
andare a prendere un caffè, una birra — to go for a coffee, beer
8) (scegliere) to take*prendere una decisione — to make o take a decision
9) (comprare) to get*10) (ricevere, ottenere) to get* [denaro, stipendio, premio, voto, diploma]; to take* [ lezioni]; (far pagare) to charge; (assumere) to take* over [direzione, potere]; to assume [ controllo]; (accumulare) to put* on [ peso]; (captare) [ televisore] to get* [ canale]prendo 1.000 euro al mese — I get 1,000 euros a month
prendere ordini da qcn. — to take orders from sb
11) (subire) to get* [schiaffo, scossa, contravvenzione]prendere qcn. a calci, a pugni — to kick, to punch sb
12) (accettare) to take*prendere male qcs. — to take sth. badly
prendere qcn. in simpatia, in antipatia — to take a liking, disliking to sb
13) (acquisire) to take* on [colore, significato]; to put* on [aria, espressione]; to pick up [accento, abitudine]prendere da qcn. — (assomigliare) to take after sb
14) (cominciare)15) (contrarre) to get*, to catch* [malattia, virus]16) (colpire, raggiungere) to hit*, to strike* [ bersaglio]; (sbattere contro) to hit*, to run* into, to go* into [albero, muro]17) (occupare) to take* up [spazio, tempo]prendere tempo — (temporeggiare) to hold off, to stall, to play for time
18) (alle dipendenze) to take* [sb.] on [impiegato, assistente, apprendista]; to engage [avvocato, guida]prendere qcn. come balia — to take sb. on as a nanny
prendere qcn. come socio — to take sb. into partnership
19) (coinvolgere) to involve20) (considerare) to take*prendiamo Luca, per esempio — take Luca, for example
mi hai preso forse per la tua serva? — I'm not your slave, you know!
prendere qcn. per qualcun altro — (confondere) to mistake sb. for sb. else
21) (trattare)22) (misurare) to take* [misure, pressione, polso]23) (annotare) to take* down [indirizzo, numero di targa]24) (possedere sessualmente) to take*25) (in locuzioni)prendere piede — to catch on, to take root
26) prenderle colloq. to get* a beating2.1) (andare, dirigersi)2) (infiammarsi) [fuoco, legno] to catch*3) (rapprendersi) [cemento, gesso] to set*4) (capitare)3.verbo pronominale prendersi1)2) (assumersi) to take* on [ impegno]; to take* [ merito]; (concedersi) to take* [ ferie]-rsi a cuore qcn., qcs. — to take sb., sth. to heart
-rsi cura di qcn. — to take care of sb. to look after sb.
-rsi la libertà di fare qcs. — to take the liberty of doing sth.
- rsi due giorni (di vacanza) — colloq. to take two days off
3) (subire) to get* [schiaffo, sgridata]- rsi l'influenza — to get flu, to catch o come down with flu
- rsi uno spavento — to have o get a fright
5) prendersela (preoccuparsi) to get* worked up; (arrabbiarsi) to take* sth. amissprendersela con qcn. — (incolpare) to go on at sb., to pick on sb.; (sfogarsi) to take it out on sb
••* * *prendere/'prεndere/ [10]1 to take*; (afferrare) to grasp, to grab, to seize; (in movimento) to catch*; (raccogliere) to pick up; prendere qcn. per il braccio, per (la) mano to take sb. by the arm, hand; tieni, prendi! here! catch! prendere qcs. al volo to catch sth. in midair; il martello si prende per il manico you hold a hammer by the handle2 (sorprendere) to catch*; (catturare) to catch*, to capture; mil. (conquistare) to take*, to seize [città, fortezza]; l'hanno preso mentre rubava they caught him stealing; farsi prendere to be o get caught; prendetelo! stop him! farsi prendere dal panico to get o fly into a panic3 (utilizzare) to take* [mezzo di trasporto, strada]; ha preso l'aereo per andare a Madrid he went to Madrid by air; sei riuscito a prendere il treno? did you manage to catch the train? prendi la prima a destra take the first turn on the right; prendere una curva (imboccare) to go around a bend4 (portare) to bring*; (portare via con sé) to take*; (rubare) to take*, to steal*; non ho preso abbastanza soldi I haven't brought enough money; prendi la sciarpa, fa freddo take your scarf, it's cold; mi hanno preso tutti i gioielli I had all my jewellery stolen5 (ritirare) to get*; prendere un libro in biblioteca to get a book out of the library; prendere indietro to take back [regalo, articolo, merce]6 (prelevare) andare a prendere i bambini a scuola to collect the children from school; è venuta a prendermi alla stazione she picked me up at the station; passare a prendere qcn., qcs. to call for o pick up sb., sth.7 (consumare) to have* [bevanda, alimento, pasto]; to take* [medicina, droga]; non prendi qcs. (da bere, da mangiare)? won't you have sth. to eat or drink? prenderò il pesce I'll have the fish; prendere il tè senza zucchero not to put sugar in one's tea; posso prendere un altro pasticcino? can I have another cake? andare a prendere un caffè, una birra to go for a coffee, beer8 (scegliere) to take*; prendere una (camera) doppia to take a double room; prendere una decisione to make o take a decision9 (comprare) to get*; prendi anche del prosciutto get some ham too; di solito prendiamo La Stampa we usually take La Stampa10 (ricevere, ottenere) to get* [denaro, stipendio, premio, voto, diploma]; to take* [ lezioni]; (far pagare) to charge; (assumere) to take* over [direzione, potere]; to assume [ controllo]; (accumulare) to put* on [ peso]; (captare) [ televisore] to get* [ canale]; prendo 1.000 euro al mese I get 1,000 euros a month; quanto prende all'ora? how much does he charge an hour? prendere una telefonata to take a telephone call; prendere ordini da qcn. to take orders from sb.11 (subire) to get* [schiaffo, scossa, contravvenzione]; prendere qcn. a calci, a pugni to kick, to punch sb.12 (accettare) to take*; prendere le cose come vengono to take things as they come; prendere male qcs. to take sth. badly; prendere qcn. in simpatia, in antipatia to take a liking, disliking to sb.13 (acquisire) to take* on [colore, significato]; to put* on [aria, espressione]; to pick up [accento, abitudine]; prendere cattive abitudini to get into bad habits; prendere da qcn. (assomigliare) to take after sb.14 (cominciare) prendere a fare to start doing15 (contrarre) to get*, to catch* [malattia, virus]16 (colpire, raggiungere) to hit*, to strike* [ bersaglio]; (sbattere contro) to hit*, to run* into, to go* into [albero, muro]; ho preso un colpo contro il banco I bumped into the desk17 (occupare) to take* up [spazio, tempo]; quando tempo ti prenderà la riunione? how long will you be in the meeting? costruire il muro non prenderà tanto tempo the wall won't take long to build; prendere tempo (temporeggiare) to hold off, to stall, to play for time18 (alle dipendenze) to take* [sb.] on [impiegato, assistente, apprendista]; to engage [avvocato, guida]; prendere qcn. come balia to take sb. on as a nanny; prendere qcn. come socio to take sb. into partnership19 (coinvolgere) to involve; essere preso da un libro to be involved in a book; farsi prendere da to get involved in20 (considerare) to take*; prendiamo Luca, per esempio take Luca, for example; per chi mi prendi? what do you take me for? mi hai preso forse per la tua serva? I'm not your slave, you know! non prenderla come una critica don't take it as a criticism; prendere qcn. per qualcun altro (confondere) to mistake sb. for sb. else21 (trattare) è molto gentile se lo sai prendere he is very nice when you know how to handle him; lui sa come prenderla he knows how to manage her22 (misurare) to take* [misure, pressione, polso]; farsi prendere le misure per to get oneself measured for23 (annotare) to take* down [indirizzo, numero di targa]; prendere appunti to take notes24 (possedere sessualmente) to take*25 (in locuzioni) prendere in prestito to borrow; prendere in affitto to rent; prendere posto to take one's seat; prendere piede to catch on, to take root(aus. avere)1 (andare, dirigersi) prendere a sinistra to go left; prendere per i campi to head off across the fields2 (infiammarsi) [fuoco, legno] to catch*3 (rapprendersi) [cemento, gesso] to set*4 (capitare) cosa ti prende? what's come over you?III prendersi verbo pronominale1 - rsi le dita nella porta to catch one's fingers in the door2 (assumersi) to take* on [ impegno]; to take* [ merito]; (concedersi) to take* [ ferie]; -rsi a cuore qcn., qcs. to take sb., sth. to heart; -rsi cura di qcn. to take care of sb. to look after sb.; -rsi la libertà di fare qcs. to take the liberty of doing sth.; - rsi due giorni (di vacanza) colloq. to take two days off3 (subire) to get* [schiaffo, sgridata]; - rsi l'influenza to get flu, to catch o come down with flu; - rsi uno spavento to have o get a fright4 (con valore reciproco) - rsi per mano to join hands5 prendersela (preoccuparsi) to get* worked up; (arrabbiarsi) to take* sth. amiss; prendersela con qcn. (incolpare) to go on at sb., to pick on sb.; (sfogarsi) to take it out on sb.prendere o lasciare take it or leave it. -
14 Stelle
f; -, -n1. (Ort) place; (Punkt) point; (Standort) position; an anderer Stelle somewhere else, elsewhere; fig. at some other point; an dieser Stelle here; fig. at this point; an genau dieser Stelle at this exact ( oder very) spot; auf der Stelle treten fig. mark time; nicht von der Stelle kommen fig. not make any progress, not get anywhere; Verhandlungen: auch be deadlocked; sich nicht von der Stelle rühren not move ( oder budge); er wich nicht von der Stelle he wouldn’t budge, he refused to budge; zur Stelle sein be on the spot ( oder there); er ist immer zur Stelle he’s always there when you need him; sich zur Stelle melden report ( bei jemandem to s.o.); auf der Stelle there and then, straightaway, immediately; er war auf der Stelle tot he died immediately2. (Fleck) spot; abgenutzte, schmutzige etc.: auch patch; undichte Stelle leak; siehe auch Roststelle etc.; wunde Stelle sore; (Schnitt) cut; entzündete Stelle inflammation; empfindliche Stelle tender ( oder sore) spot, fig. sensitive ( oder sore) spot; schwache / verwundbare Stelle fig. weak / vulnerable spot3. WIRTS. (Arbeitsstelle) job; formeller: position, post; was hat er für eine Stelle? what kind of job ( oder position) has he got?; freie Stelle (job) vacancy; eine Stelle ausschreiben / besetzen advertise / occupy ( oder fill) a position ( oder post); eine Stelle sperren leave a position vacant (for a time); die Stelle wechseln change jobs; der Konzern hat 7000 Stellen gestrichen the group has cut 7,000 jobs; siehe auch Stellung 14. in Rangordnung etc.: place; an erster Stelle first(ly); an erster Stelle stehen come first; Sache: auch be top priority; an erster Stelle der Tagesordnung stehen be at the top of the agenda; an erster Stelle der Tabelle stehen be top of ( oder head) the table; an erster Stelle möchte ich... first and foremost I’d like to...5. an Stelle von (oder + Gen) in place of, instead of; bes. JUR. in lieu of; ( ich) an deiner Stelle if I were you; ich möchte nicht an seiner Stelle sein I wouldn’t like to be in his shoes; an die Stelle treten von take the place of; Person: take over from; ersatzweise: replace, stand in for; Gesetz etc.: supersede6. im Buch etc.: place; längere, auch MUS.: passage; eine Stelle aus der Bibel a passage from the Bible7. MATH. figure, digit; (Dezimalstelle) (decimal) place; EDV position; bis auf drei Stellen nach dem Komma up to three decimal places8. (Behörde) authority; (Dienststelle) office; eine staatliche / kirchliche Stelle a government / church office; zuständig* * *die Stelle(Arbeitsplatz) engagement; position; job;(Ort) place; point; location; spot;(Textpassage) passage; place;(Zahl) digit; figure* * *Stẹl|le ['ʃtɛlə]f -, -n1) place, spot; (= Standort) place; (= Fleck rostend, nass, faul etc) patchan dieser Stelle — in this place, on this spot
eine gute Stelle zum Parken/Picknicken — a good place or spot to park/for a picnic
diese Stelle muss repariert werden — this bit needs repairing, it needs to be repaired here
eine entzündete Stelle am Finger — an inflammation on one's finger, an inflamed finger
Salbe auf die wunde/aufgeriebene Stelle auftragen — apply ointment to the affected area
eine empfindliche Stelle (lit) — a sensitive spot or place; (fig) a sensitive point
eine schwache Stelle — a weak spot; (fig auch) a weak point
auf der Stelle treten (lit) — to mark time; (fig) not to make any progress or headway
nicht von der Stelle kommen — not to make any progress or headway; (fig auch) to be bogged down
sich nicht von der Stelle rühren or bewegen, nicht von der Stelle weichen — to refuse to budge (inf) or move
See:→ Ort2) (in Buch etc) place; (= Abschnitt) passage; (= Textstelle, esp beim Zitieren) reference; (= Bibelstelle) verse; (MUS) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere, in another place
3) (= Zeitpunkt) pointan früherer/späterer Stelle — earlier/later
4) (in Reihenfolge, Ordnung, Liste) place; (in Tabelle, Hierarchie) place, positionan erster Stelle — in the first place, first
an erster/zweiter Stelle geht es um... — in the first instance or first/secondly it's a question of...
(bei jdm) an erster/letzter Stelle kommen — to come first/last (for sb)
an erster/zweiter etc Stelle stehen — to be first/second etc, to be in first/second etc place; (in Bezug auf Wichtigkeit) to come first/second etc
an führender/einflussreicher Stelle stehen — to be in or have a leading/an influential position
6) (= Lage, Platz, Aufgabenbereich) placean Stelle von — in place of, instead of
treten — to take sb's place/the place of sth
an deiner Stelle würde ich... — in your position I would..., if I were you I would...
See:→ auch anstelle7) (= Posten) job; (= Ausbildungsstelle) place8) (= Dienststelle) office; (= Behörde) authorityda bist du bei mir/uns an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you've come to the right place
bei ihm/ihnen bist du an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you went to the right place
sich an höherer Stelle beschweren — to complain to somebody higher up, to complain to a higher authority
* * *die1) (any of the figures 0 to 9: 105 is a number with three digits.) digit2) (the job or position to which a person is appointed: His appointment was for one year only.) appointment3) (a place or small area, especially the exact place (where something happened etc): There was a large number of detectives gathered at the spot where the body had been found.) spot4) (a point in the text of a book etc: The wind was blowing the pages of my book and I kept losing my place.) place5) (a number or one of a series of numbers following a decimal point: Make the answer correct to four decimal places.) place* * *Stel·le<-, -n>[ˈʃtɛlə]fan anderer \Stelle elsewhere, in another placean dieser \Stelle in this place; (genauer) on this spotauf der \Stelle laufen to run on the spotrühren Sie sich nicht von der Stelle! (von Polizei) freeze!eine \Stelle im Wald a place [or an area] in the woodsempfindliche \Stelle tender spot; (fig) sensitive pointentzündete/wunde \Stelle inflammation/sorefettige/rostige \Stelle grease/rust spotkahle \Stelle bald patch4. MUS passage5. (in Rede etc.) point6. (Zeitpunkt) moment7. MATH digit, figureeine Zahl mit sieben \Stellen a seven-digit [or -figure] numberetw auf 5 \Stellen hinter dem Komma berechnen to calculate sth to 5 decimal places8. (Posten) placeer hat die \Stelle des technischen Leiters übernommen he took over from the technical directoran \Stelle einer Person/einer S. gen instead of sb/sthetw an jds \Stelle [o an \Stelle einer Person] tun to do sth for sbich gehe an Ihrer \Stelle I'll go in your placeschwache \Stelle (fig) weak pointundichte \Stelle (fig fam) leak9. (Lage) positionan deiner \Stelle würde ich... in your position [or if I were you] I would...ich möchte nicht an ihrer Stelle sein I wouldn't like to be in her shoes [or placean erster/zweiter \Stelle first[ly] [or first and foremost]/secondly, in the first/second place [or instance]an wievielter \Stelle auf der Liste taucht der Name auf? where does the name come [up] on the list?er ging an 25./letzter \Stelle durchs Ziel he was 25th/the last to cross the line [or to finish][für jdn [o bei jdm]] an erster/zweiter \Stelle kommen [o sein] [o stehen] to come [or be] first/second [for sb]in der Hitliste an erster/zweiter \Stelle sein [o stehen] to have reached [or be [at]] number one/two in the chartsan erster \Stelle auf einer Liste/der Tagesordnung stehen to be at the top of a list/the agendawas hat sein Vater für eine \Stelle? what kind of position has his father got?offene \Stellen (in der Zeitung) situations vacantohne \Stelle jobless, without a jobSie sind hier bei mir an der richtigen \Stelle (fam) you've come to the right placeMitleid? da bist du bei mir aber nicht an der richtigen \Stelle sympathy? you won't get any out of me [or iron fam you're knocking at the wrong door]höhere/höchste \Stelle higher/the highest[-ranking] authority13.er war auf der \Stelle tot he died immediatelyzur \Stelle! reporting!, present!▶ auf der \Stelle treten [o nicht von der \Stelle kommen] to not make any progress [or headway], to not get anywhere; MIL a. to mark time▶ zur \Stelle sein to be on the spot [or on hand]wenn man sie braucht, ist sie immer zur \Stelle she's always there when you need her; s.a. Ort1* * *die; Stelle, Stellen1) placedie Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge
auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)
nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere
zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot
2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spoteine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch
seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot
3) (Passage) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage
4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) pointan dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier
eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument
5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) placean erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...
6) (Math.) figuredie erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place
8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority* * *an anderer Stelle somewhere else, elsewhere; fig at some other point;an dieser Stelle here; fig at this point;an genau dieser Stelle at this exact ( oder very) spot;auf der Stelle treten fig mark time;nicht von der Stelle kommen fig not make any progress, not get anywhere; Verhandlungen: auch be deadlocked;sich nicht von der Stelle rühren not move ( oder budge);er wich nicht von der Stelle he wouldn’t budge, he refused to budge;zur Stelle sein be on the spot ( oder there);er ist immer zur Stelle he’s always there when you need him;sich zur Stelle melden report (bei jemandem to sb);auf der Stelle there and then, straightaway, immediately;er war auf der Stelle tot he died immediatelywunde Stelle sore; (Schnitt) cut;entzündete Stelle inflammation;schwache/verwundbare Stelle fig weak/vulnerable spotwas hat er für eine Stelle? what kind of job ( oder position) has he got?;freie Stelle (job) vacancy;eine Stelle sperren leave a position vacant (for a time);die Stelle wechseln change jobs;4. in Rangordnung etc: place;an erster Stelle first(ly);an erster Stelle stehen come first; Sache: auch be top priority;an erster Stelle der Tagesordnung stehen be at the top of the agenda;an erster Stelle der Tabelle stehen be top of ( oder head) the table;an erster Stelle möchte ich … first and foremost I’d like to …5.(ich) an deiner Stelle if I were you;ich möchte nicht an seiner Stelle sein I wouldn’t like to be in his shoes;an die Stelle treten von take the place of; Person: take over from; ersatzweise: replace, stand in for; Gesetz etc: supersede6. im Buch etc: place; längere, auch MUS passage;eine Stelle aus der Bibel a passage from the Biblebis auf drei Stellen nach dem Komma up to three decimal places* * *die; Stelle, Stellen1) placedie Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge
auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)
nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere
zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot
2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spoteine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch
seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot
3) (Passage) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage
4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) pointan dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier
eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument
5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) placean erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...
6) (Math.) figuredie erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place
8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority* * *-n f.digit n.location n.passage n.place n.post n.spot n.stead n. -
15 tirer
tirer [tiʀe]➭ TABLE 11. transitive verba. ( = amener vers soi) [+ pièce mobile, poignée, corde] to pull ; (vers le bas) to pull down ; (vers le haut) to pull up ; [+ rideaux] to draw ; [+ tiroir] to pull open ; [+ verrou] ( = fermer) to slide to ; ( = ouvrir) to draw• as-tu tiré le verrou ? have you bolted the door?b. ( = remorquer) [+ véhicule, charge] to pull ; [+ navire, remorque] to towc. ( = sortir) [+ épée, couteau, vin, cidre] to draw• il a tiré 4 000 € de sa vieille voiture he managed to get 4,000 euros for his old car• on ne peut rien en tirer (enfant têtu) you can't do anything with him ; (personne qui refuse de parler) you can't get anything out of hime. ( = délivrer) tirer qn de prison/d'une situation dangereuse to get sb out of prison/of a dangerous situationh. (Photography, typography) to print• ce journal est tiré à 100 000 exemplaires this paper has a circulation of 100,000• tirer un roman à 8 000 exemplaires to print 8,000 copies of a noveli. ( = tracer) [+ ligne, trait] to draw ; [+ plan] to draw up• tirer un coup (vulg!) to have it off (vulg!)• tirer un corner/un penalty to take a corner/a penaltyl. [+ chèque, lettre de change] to draw• prête-moi ta carte bleue pour que j'aille tirer de l'argent lend me your credit card so that I can go and get some money outn. ( = passer) (inf) to get through• encore une heure/un mois à tirer another hour/month to get through2. intransitive verba. to pullb. ( = faire feu) to fire ; ( = se servir d'une arme à feu, viser) to shoot• tirer sur qn/qch to shoot at sb/sthc. (Sport, football) to shoote. [cheminée, poêle] to drawf. [moteur, voiture] to pullg. [points de suture, sparadrap] to pull• le matin, j'ai la peau qui tire my skin feels tight in the morningh. (locutions)► tirer à sa fin [journée] to be drawing to a close ; [épreuve] to be nearly over ; [provisions] to be nearly finished3. reflexive verb► se tirera.se tirer de [+ danger, situation] to get o.s. out of• sa voiture était en mille morceaux mais lui s'en est tiré his car was smashed to pieces but he escaped unharmedb. bien/mal se tirer de qch [+ tâche] to handle sth well/badly• comment va-t-il se tirer de ce sujet/travail ? how will he cope with this subject/job?• les questions étaient difficiles mais il s'en est bien tiré the questions were difficult but he handled them wellc. ( = déguerpir) (inf!) to clear off (inf)• allez, on se tire come on, let's be off* * *tiʀe
1.
1) ( déplacer) to pull [véhicule]; to pull up [chaise]; to pull away [tapis]2) ( exercer une traction) ( avec une force régulière) to pull [cheveux]; to pull on [corde]; ( par à-coups) to tug at3) ( tendre)4) ( fermer) to draw [verrou, rideau]; to pull down [store]; to close [porte, volet]5) ( avec une arme) to fire off [balle, obus, grenade]; to fire [missile]; to shoot [flèche]tirer un corner/penalty — to take a corner/penalty
7) ( choisir au hasard)tirer (au sort) — to draw [carte, loterie, nom]; to draw for [partenaire]
9) ( sortir)10) ( faire sortir)11) ( obtenir)tirer de quelqu'un — to get [something] from somebody [renseignement, aveu]
tirer de quelque chose — to draw [something] from something [force, ressources]; to derive [something] from something [orgueil, satisfaction]; to make [something] out of something [argent]
tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de cette voiture — ( comme argent) you won't get much for this car; ( comme service) you won't get much out of this car
12) ( dériver)13) ( extraire)14) ( faire un tirage) to print [livre, négatif]; to run off [épreuve, exemplaire]tiré à part — [texte] off-printed
15) ( tracer) to draw [ligne, trait]tirer un chèque — to draw a cheque GB ou check US
tirer des plans — fig to draw up plans
16) (colloq) ( passer)plus qu'une heure/semaine à tirer — only one more hour/week to go
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( exercer une traction) to pulltirer sur quelque chose — to pull on something; ( d'un coup ou par à-coups) to tug at something
2) ( utiliser une arme) gén to shoot ( sur at); ( à feu) to fire ( sur at)elle lui a tiré dans la jambe — she shot him/her in the leg
3) ( au football) to shoot; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a shot4) ( choisir au hasard)5) ( prendre)6) ( aspirer)7) ( être imprimé)tirer à mille exemplaires — [périodique] to have a circulation of one thousand
8) ( aller vers)tirer sur le jaune/l'orangé — [couleur] to be yellowish/orangy
tirer sur la cinquantaine — [personne] to be pushing fifty
tirer à gauche/droite — [voiture] to pull to the left/right
3.
se tirer verbe pronominal1) ( sortir)se tirer de — to come through [situation, difficultés]
2) (sl) ( partir) to push off (colloq)3) ( avec une arme)se tirer dessus — ( l'un l'autre) lit to shoot at one another
4) (colloq) ( se débrouiller)s'en tirer — to cope, to manage
5) (colloq) ( échapper)s'en tirer — ( à un accident) to escape; ( à une maladie) to pull through; ( à une punition) to get away with it (colloq)
* * *tiʀe1. vt1) (pour arracher, amener à soi) to pullIl m'a tiré les cheveux. — He pulled my hair.
tiré par les cheveux fig (histoire, intrigue, explications) — far-fetched
2) (= fermer) [volet, porte, trappe] to pull to, to close, [rideau] to draw3) (= extraire)tirer qch de qch — to take sth from sth, to pull sth out of sth, [fruit, sol] to extract sth from sth
Elle a tiré un mouchoir de son sac. — She took a handkerchief from her bag., She pulled a handkerchief out of her bag.
tirer son nom de — to take one's name from, to get one's name from
tirer qn de qch [embarras] — to help sb out of sth, to get sb out of sth
4) (= sortir)5) (avec une arme) [balle, coup de feu] to fire, [animal] to shootIl a tiré plusieurs coups de feu. — He fired several shots.
6) [chèque] to draw7) (= tracer) to draw, to trace8) (= imprimer) [journal, livre, photo] to print9) (= choisir) [carte] to drawtirer les cartes — to read the cards, to tell the cards
10) FOOTBALL, [corner] to take11) NAVIGATION2. vi1)"Tirer" — "Pull"
tirer sur qch [corde, poignée] — to pull on sth, to pull at sth, [pipe] to draw on sth
2) (avec arme) to shoot, (= faire feu) to shoot, to firetirer à la carabine — to shoot with a rifle, to fire with a rifle
tirer sur qn (= faire feu sur) — to shoot at sb, to fire on sb
Il a tiré sur les policiers. — He shot at police officers., He fired on police officers.
3) FOOTBALL to shoot4) [cheminée] to draw5)* * *tirer verb table: aimerA vtr1 ( déplacer) [personne, animal, véhicule] to pull [véhicule]; [personne] to pull up [fauteuil, chaise]; [personne] to pull away [tapis]; tirer la tête en arrière to toss one's head back; ⇒ chapeau, couverture;2 ( exercer une traction) ( avec une force régulière) to pull [cheveux]; to pull on [corde]; ( par à-coups) to tug at [cordelette, manette, sonnette]; tirer qn par le bras to pull sb's arm; tirer les cheveux à qn to pull sb's hair; tirer qn par la manche to tug at sb's sleeve;3 ( tendre) tirer ses cheveux en arrière to pull back one's hair; tirer ses bas to pull up one's stockings; tirer sa chemise/jupe to straighten one's shirt/skirt; ⇒ épingle; se faire tirer la peau○ Cosmét to have a face-lift; la peau/ça me tire○ my skin/it feels tight;5 Mil to fire off [balle, obus, grenade]; to fire [missile]; tirer un coup de feu to fire a shot; tirer le canon ( pour honorer) to fire a salute; tirer vingt et un coups de canon to fire a twenty-one gun salute;6 ( propulser) to shoot [balle, flèche] (sur at); elle lui a tiré (une balle) dans le dos she shot him in the back;7 ( viser) tirer le canard/faisan/gibier to shoot duck/pheasant/game;8 Sport ( de ballon) tirer un corner/penalty to take a corner/penalty; tirer un coup franc ( au football) to take a free kick; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a free throw;9 ( choisir au hasard) tirer (au sort) to draw [carte, loterie, nom, gagnant, adversaire]; to draw for [partenaire]; tirer les blancs to draw white; tirer une bonne carte to draw a strong card;11 Astrol tirer les cartes à qn to tell the cards for sb; se faire tirer les cartes to have one's fortune told with cards;12 ( prendre) to draw [vin, bière, eau, électricité, argent] (de, sur from); tirer de l'eau du puits to draw water from the well; tirer de l'argent sur un compte to draw money from an account; ⇒ vin;13 ( sortir) tirer de qch to take [sth] out of sth [objet]; to pull [sb] out of sth [personne]; tirer un stylo de son sac/d'un tiroir to take a pen out of one's bag/out of a drawer; tirer un enfant de l'eau/des flammes to pull a child out of the water/out of the flames; tirer qch de sa poche to pull sth out of one's pocket; tirer une bouffée de sa cigarette/pipe to take a puff at ou on one's cigarette/pipe; ⇒ épingle, marron, ver;14 ( faire sortir) tirer de qch to get [sb/sth] out of sth [personne, pays, entreprise]; tirer le pays de la récession to get the country out of recession; tire-moi de là! get me out of this!; tirer qn d'une maladie to pull sb through an illness; tu l'as tirée de son silence/sa mélancolie you drew her out of her silence/her melancholy;15 ( obtenir) tirer de qn to get [sth] from sb [renseignement, aveu]; tirer de qch to draw [sth] from sth [force, ressources]; to derive [sth] from sth [orgueil, satisfaction]; to make [sth] out of sth [argent]; tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de cette voiture ( comme argent) you won't get much for this car; ( comme service) you won't get much out of this car; tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de lui (comme argent, renseignements, preuve d'intelligence) you won't get much out of him; tirer le maximum de la situation to make the most of the situation; tirer un son d'un instrument to get a note out of an instrument;16 ( dériver) tirer de qch to base [sth] on sth [récit, film]; to get [sth] from sth [nom]; le film est tiré du roman the film is based on the novel; la guillotine tire son nom de son inventeur the guillotine gets its name from its inventor; le mot est tiré de l'anglais the word comes from the English;17 ( extraire) tirer de qn/qch to take [sth] from sb/sth [texte]; to derive [sth] from sth [substance]; texte tiré de Zola/la Bible text taken from Zola/the Bible; le médicament est tiré d'une plante the drug comes from a plant;18 ( faire un tirage) to print [livre, tract, texte, négatif]; to run off [épreuve, exemplaire]; journal tiré à dix mille exemplaires newspaper with a circulation of ten thousand;19 ( tracer) to draw [ligne, trait]; tirer un chèque Fin to draw a cheque GB ou check US (sur on); tirer des plans fig to draw up plans; ⇒ comète;20 ○( passer) plus qu'une heure/semaine à tirer only one more hour/week to go; tirer quelques années en prison to spend a few years in prison.B vi1 ( exercer une traction) to pull; tirer sur qch ( avec une force régulière) to pull on sth; ( d'un coup ou par à-coups) to tug at sth; tire fort! pull hard!; tirer sur les rames to pull on the oars; tirer de toutes ses forces to heave with all one's might; le moteur tire bien/tire mal○ the engine is pulling well/isn't pulling properly; ⇒ corde;2 ( utiliser une arme) to shoot (sur at); ( à feu) to fire (sur at); tirer à l'arc to shoot with a bow and arrow; tirer à la carabine/à l'arbalète to shoot with a rifle/with a crossbow; tirer pour tuer to shoot to kill; tirer au fusil/en l'air/à balles réelles to fire a gun/into the air/with live ammunition; tirer le premier to fire first, to shoot first; se faire tirer dessus to come under fire, to be shot at; ⇒ boulet; elle lui a tiré dans la jambe she shot him in the leg;3 Sport ( au football) to shoot; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a shot; tirer au but ( au football) to take a shot at goal;4 ( choisir au hasard) tirer (au sort) to draw lots; on n'a qu'à tirer let's just draw lots; ⇒ paille;5 ( prendre) tirer sur to draw on; tirer sur son compte/ses réserves to draw on one's account/one's reserves;6 ( aspirer) la cheminée tire bien/tire mal the chimney draws well/doesn't draw well; tirer sur sa cigarette/pipe to draw on one's cigarette/pipe;7 Imprim, Presse tirer à mille exemplaires [périodique] to have a circulation of a thousand; à combien tire la revue? what's the circulation of the magazine?;8 ( avoir une nuance) tirer sur le jaune/le bleu/le vert/le violet/l'orangé to be yellowish/bluish/greenish/purplish/orangy; être d'un bleu tirant sur le vert to be greenish-blue;10 ( dévier) [voiture]tirer à gauche/droite to pull to the left/right; Équit tirer à la main [cheval] to pull.C se tirer vpr1 ( sortir) se tirer de to come through [situation, difficultés]; se tirer de ses ennuis to come through one's troubles; ⇒ pas;2 ◑( partir) je me tire I'm off○ GB, I'm splitting○; tire-toi get lost○; je me suis tiré de chez lui I cleared from his place; je me suis tiré de chez mes parents I left home; je vais me tirer à Montréal I'm going off to Montreal;3 ( se servir d'une arme) se tirer une balle to shoot oneself (dans in); se tirer une balle dans la tête to blow one's brains out; se tirer dessus ( l'un l'autre) lit to shoot at one another;4 ( exercer une traction) se tirer la moustache to pull at one's moustache;5 ○( se débrouiller) s'en tirer to cope; il s'en tire mal ( forte contrainte) he's finding it hard to cope; ( travail délicat) he doesn't do very well; comment est-ce que vous vous en tirez? how do you cope?; elle s'en tire mieux que lui ( épreuve de résistance) she is coping better than he is; ( épreuve d'habileté) she is doing better than him; elle s'en tire tout juste she just gets by;6 ○( échapper) s'en tirer ( à un accident) to escape; ( à une maladie) to pull through; ( à une punition) to get away with it○; je m'en suis tiré avec quelques égratignures I escaped with a few scratches; son médecin pense qu'elle s'en tirera her doctor thinks (that) she will pull through; sans diplôme, il ne s'en tirera jamais without a degree, he'll never get by; il ne s'en tirera pas comme ça he's not going to get away with it; s'en tirer à bon prix to get off lightly; ⇒ compte.[tire] verbe transitifA.[DÉPLACER]tirer quelqu'un par le bras/les cheveux/les pieds to drag somebody by the arm/hair/feet2. [amener à soi] to pull[étirer - vers le haut] to pull (up) ; [ - vers le bas] to pull (down)elle me tira doucement par la manche she tugged ou pulled at my sleevetirer ses cheveux en arrière to draw ou to pull one's hair backa. [accidentellement] to pull a threadb. [pour faire un jour] to draw a threada. [s'attribuer le mérite] to take all the creditb. [s'attribuer le profit] to take the lion's share3. [pour actionner - cordon d'appel, élastique] to pull ; [ - tiroir] to pull (open ou out)tirer les rideaux to pull ou to draw the curtainstire le portail derrière toi close the gates behind you, pull the gates toa. [pour ouvrir] to slide a bolt openb. [pour fermer] to slide a bolt to, to shoot a boltB.[EXTRAIRE, OBTENIR]1. [faire sortir]tirer quelque chose de to pull ou to draw something out oftirer le vin/cidre (du tonneau) to draw wine/cider (off from the barrel)tirer quelqu'un de [le faire sortir de] to get somebody out oftirer quelqu'un de son silence to draw somebody out (of his/her silence)2. [fabriquer]tirer quelque chose de to derive ou to get ou to make something fromtirer des sons d'un instrument to get ou to draw sounds from an instrument3. [percevoir - argent][retirer - chèque, argent liquide] to drawtirer de l'argent d'un compte to draw money out of ou to withdraw money from an account4. [extraire, dégager]tirer la morale/un enseignement de quelque chose to learn a lesson from somethingce que j'ai tiré de ce livre/cet article what I got out of this book/articlece roman tire son titre d'une chanson populaire the title of this novel is taken from a popular song5. [obtenir, soutirer]tirer quelque chose de: tirer de l'argent de quelqu'un to extract money from somebody, to get money out of somebodyon n'en tirera jamais rien, de ce gossea. (familier) [il n'est bon à rien] we'll never make anything out of this kidb. [il ne parlera pas] we'll never get this kid to talk, we'll never get anything out of this kid6. (familier) [voler]je me suis fait tirer mon portefeuille au cinéma! somebody nicked (UK) ou swiped (US) my wallet at the cinema!C.[PROJETER][balle, flèche] to shoot2. [feu d'artifice] to set offce soir, on tirera un feu d'artifice there will be a fireworks display tonight4. [à la pétanque, boule en main] to throw[boule placée] to knock out (separable)[en haltérophilie] to lift5. (locution)E.[TRACER, IMPRIMER]3. IMPRIMERIE [livre] to printce magazine est tiré à plus de 200 000 exemplaires this magazine has a print run ou a circulation of 200,000bon à tirer ‘passed for press’un bon à tirer [épreuve] a press proof4. (Belgique & locution)tu es assez grand, tu tires ton plan you're old enough to look after yourself————————[tire] verbe intransitifne tirez pas, je me rends! don't shoot, I surrender!tirez dans les jambes shoot at ou aim at the legstirer à balles/à blanc to fire bullets/blankstirer sur quelqu'un to take a shot ou to shoot ou to fire at somebodyils ont l'ordre de tirer sur tout ce qui bouge they've been ordered to shoot ou to fire at anything that moveson m'a tiré dessus I was fired ou shot at2. ARMEMENT & SPORTtirer à l'arc/l'arbalètea. [activité sportive] to do archery/crossbow archeryb. [action ponctuelle] to shoot a bow/crossbowtirer à la carabine/au pistoleta. [activité sportive] to do rifle/pistol shootingb. [action ponctuelle] to shoot with a rifle/pistolil a tiré dans le mur/petit filet he sent the ball against the wall/into the side netting4. [exercer une traction] to pulltire! pull!, heave!5. [aspirer - fumeur]tirer sur une pipe to draw on ou to pull at a pipetirer sur une cigarette to puff at ou to draw on a cigarette6. [avoir un bon tirage - cheminée, poêle]la cheminée/pipe tire mal the fireplace/pipe doesn't draw properly7. [peau] to feel tight[points de suture] to pullaïe, ça tire! ouch, it's pulling!8. JEUXtirer au sort to draw ou to cast lots9. IMPRIMERIEtirer à 50 000 exemplaires to have a circulation of ou to have a (print) run of 50,000 (copies)10. (locution, Belgique & Suisse)————————tirer à verbe plus préposition1. PRESSE2. NAUTIQUE3. (locution)————————tirer sur verbe plus préposition[couleur] to verge ou to border onses cheveux tirent sur le roux his hair is reddish ou almost red————————se tirer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)————————se tirer verbe pronominal intransitifs'il n'est pas là dans 5 minutes, je me tire if he's not here in 5 minutes I'm goingtire-toi! [ton menaçant] beat it!, clear ou push off!dès que je peux, je me tire de cette boîte as soon as I can, I'll get out of this dump2. [toucher à sa fin - emprisonnement, service militaire] to draw to a closeplus qu'une semaine, ça se tire quand même! only a week to go, it's nearly over after all!————————se tirer de verbe pronominal plus préposition[se sortir de] to get out ofil s'est bien/mal tiré de l'entrevue he did well/badly at the interviews'en tirer (familier) [s'en sortir]: avec son culot, elle s'en tirera toujours with her cheek, she'll always come out on topsi tu ne m'avais pas aidé à finir la maquette, je ne m'en serais jamais tiré if you hadn't given me a hand with the model, I'd never have managedrien à faire, je ne m'en tire pas! [financièrement] it's impossible, I just can't make ends meet!tu ne t'en tireras pas avec de simples excuses [être quitte] you won't get away ou off with just a few words of apologys'en tirer à ou avec ou pour [devoir payer] to have to payà quatre, on ne s'en tirera pas à moins de 150 euros le repas the meal will cost at least 150 euros for the four of usil ne s'en tirera pas comme ça he won't get off so lightly, he won't get away with iton n'a encaissé qu'un seul but, on ne s'en est pas trop mal tirés they scored only one goal against us, we didn't do too badly -
16 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.■ Cinema■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.■ Literature in English Translation: Selection■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.■ EQUESTRIANISM■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.comHistorical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
-
17 œil
pl yeux œj, jø nom masculin1) Anatomie eyeavoir de bons yeux — to have good eyesight ou eyes
ouvrir un œil — lit to open one eye
ouvrir l'œil — fig to keep one's eyes open
ouvrir les yeux à quelqu'un — fig to open somebody's eyes
fermer les yeux — lit to shut one's eyes
fermer les yeux sur quelque chose — fig to turn a blind eye to something
faire quelque chose les yeux fermés — ( très facilement) to be able to do something with one's eyes closed
acheter quelque chose les yeux fermés — ( avec confiance) to buy something with complete confidence
il faut l'avoir à l'œil — you have to keep an eye on him/her
jeter un œil à or sur quelque chose — to have a quick look at something
sans lever les yeux — [parler, répondre] without looking up; [travailler] without a break
être agréable à l'œil — to be easy on the eye (colloq) ou nice to look at
coup d'œil — ( regard rapide) glance; ( vue) view
yeux de cochon — piggy eyes; obéir, taper
2) ( exprimant des sentiments) eyedes yeux rieurs/tristes — laughing/sad eyes
d'un œil méfiant — with a suspicious look, suspiciously
à mes yeux, il a tort — in my opinion he's wrong
à leurs yeux, c'était un échec — in their eyes it was a failure
3) (boucle, trou) gén eye; ( dans une porte) peephole•Phrasal Verbs:••mon œil! — (colloq) ( marquant l'incrédulité) my eye (colloq), my foot (colloq)
à l'œil — (colloq) [manger, voyager] for nothing, for free (colloq)
dévorer quelque chose/quelqu'un des yeux — to gaze longingly at something/somebody
tourner de l'œil — (colloq) to faint
cela me sort par les yeux — (colloq) I've had it up to here (colloq)
* * *œj, jøyeux pl nm1) eyeElle a les yeux verts. — She has green eyes.
J'ai quelque chose dans l'œil. — I've got something in my eye.
œil pour œil, dent pour dent — an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth
Je n'ai pas fermé l'œil de la nuit. — I didn't get a wink of sleep.
fermer les yeux sur qch fig — to close one's eyes to sth, to turn a blind eye to sth
Il l'a vu de ses propres yeux. — He saw it with his own eyes.
Il a l'œil vif. — He has a lively expression.
2) (= point de vue)Il est entré à l'œil. — He got in for free.
* * *1 Anat eye; avoir les yeux cernés to have shadows ou rings under one's eyes; enfant aux yeux verts child with green eyes; avoir de bons yeux to have good eyesight ou eyes; ouvrir un œil lit to open one eye; ouvrir l'œil fig to keep one's eyes open; ouvrir les yeux à qn fig to open sb's eyes; ouvrez grand les yeux! open your eyes wide!; fermer les yeux lit to shut one's eyes; fermer les yeux sur qch fig to turn a blind eye to sth; fermer les yeux à qn ( à un mort) to close sb's eyes; faire qch les yeux fermés ( très facilement) to be able to do sth with one's eyes closed; acheter qch les yeux fermés ( avec confiance) to buy sth with complete confidence; je n'ai pas fermé l'œil (de la nuit) I haven't slept a wink; il faut l'avoir à l'œil or le tenir à l'œil you have to keep an eye on him; avoir l'œil à tout to keep an eye on everything; cligner des yeux to blink; visible à l'œil nu visible to the naked eye; voir qch de ses propres yeux to see sth with one's own eyes; cela s'est passé sous mes yeux it happened before my very eyes; je n'en crois pas mes yeux I can't believe my eyes; chercher qch des yeux to look around for sth; il l'a suivie des yeux his eyes followed her; ne regarder qch que d'un œil to be half-watching sth; jeter un œil à or sur qch to have a quick look at sth; elle avait l'œil rivé sur la pendule her eyes were riveted on the clock; n'avoir d'yeux que pour qn to have eyes only for sb; sans lever les yeux [parler, répondre] without looking up; [travailler] without a break; lever les yeux vers/sur qch to look up toward(s)/at sth; je l'ai sous les yeux I have it in front of me; mes yeux sont tombés sur qch my eyes lit ou fell on sth; faire qch aux yeux de tous to do sth in public; les yeux dans les yeux gazing into each other's eyes; être agréable à l'œil to be easy on the eye○ ou nice to look at; coup d'œil ( regard rapide) glance; ( vue) view; jeter un coup d'œil à qch to glance at sth; jette un coup d'œil pour voir s'il dort have a quick look to see if he is asleep; cela vaut le coup d'œil it's worth seeing; avoir le coup d'œil to have a good eye; yeux de biche doe eyes; yeux de braise sparkling dark eyes; yeux de chat eyes like a cat; yeux de cochon piggy eyes; ⇒ dent, doigt, loin, merlan, paille, taper;2 ( exprimant des sentiments) eye; des yeux rieurs/tristes laughing/sad eyes; avoir l'œil fourbe to have a shifty look; avoir l'œil vif to have an intelligent look in one's eye ; elle le regardait d'un œil amusé she was looking at him with amusement in her eye; d'un œil compatissant with a look of compassion; d'un œil méfiant with a suspicious look, suspiciously; d'un œil inquiet anxiously; d'un œil jaloux jealously; d'un œil distrait absent-mindedly; d'un œil attentif attentively; d'un œil critique critically; d'un œil froid coldly; regarder qch d'un œil neuf to see sth in a new light; voir qch d'un œil défavorable or d'un mauvais œil to take a dim view of sth; il ne voyait pas ça d'un bon œil he took a dim view of it; sous l'œil vigilant de under the watchful eye of; voir qn avec les yeux de l'amour to look at sb with the eyes of love; à mes yeux, il a tort in my opinion he's wrong; à leurs yeux, c'était un échec in their eyes it was a failure; voir qch d'un autre œil to take a different view of sth;4 Imprim face;6 Météo eye;œil composé Zool compound eye; œil électrique electric eye; œil à facettes = œil composé; œil magique magic eye; œil poché black eye; œil de verre glass eye.mon œil○! ( marquant l'incrédulité) my eye○, my foot○; à l'œil○ [manger, être logé, voyager] for nothing, for free○; faire les gros yeux à qn to glare at sb; faire les yeux ronds to look surprised; manger or dévorer qch/qn des yeux to gaze longingly at sth/sb; faire de l'œil à qn to make eyes at sb; faire les yeux doux à qn to make (sheep's) eyes at sb; tourner de l'œil○ to faint, to keel over; cela me sort par les yeux○ I've had it up to here○; elle avait les yeux qui lui sortaient de la tête she was absolutely fuming; il ne l'a pas fait pour tes beaux yeux○ he didn't do it for your sake ou just to please you; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive; avoir bon pied bon œil to be as fit as a fiddle; sauter aux yeux to be obvious; avoir l'œil américain to have a keen eye; avoir le mauvais œil to be jinxed○.j'ai le soleil dans les yeux the sun's in ou I've got the sun in my eyesavoir les yeux verts/marron to have green/brown eyesje l'ai vu, de mes yeux vu, je l'ai vu de mes propres yeux I saw it with my own eyesfaire ou ouvrir des yeux ronds to stare wide-eyedœil artificiel/de verre artificial/glass eyegénéreux, mon œil! generous, my foot!avoir les yeux battus to have (dark) rings ou bags under one's eyesb. (figuré) to look (all) puffy-eyed ou puffy round the eyesfaire quelque chose les yeux fermés (sens propre & figuré) to do something with one's eyes shut ou closedavoir un œil qui dit zut (familier) ou merde (très familier) à l'autre (humoristique) , avoir les yeux qui se croisent les bras (familier, humoristique, familier & humoristique) , avoir un œil à Paris et l'autre à Pontoise to have a squint, to be cross-eyed, to be boss-eyed (UK)faire les gros yeux à un enfant to look sternly ou reprovingly at a childtu as les yeux plus grands que le ventre (familier) [tu es trop gourmand] your eyes are bigger than your belly ou your stomachtu as eu les yeux plus grands que le ventre (familier) [tu as ét é trop ambitieux] you've bitten off more than you can chewavoir de mauvais yeux to have bad ou poor eyesight3. [regard]ne me fais pas ces yeux-là! don't look ou stare at me like that!a. [tendrement] looking into each other's eyesb. [avec franchise] looking each other straight in the eyelever les yeux sur quelque chose/quelqu'un to look up at something/somebodysans lever les yeux de son livre without looking up ou raising her eyes from her booka. [pour regarder] to look up at the skyb. [par exaspération] to raise one's eyes heavenwardssous l'œil amusé/jaloux de son frère under the amused/jealous gaze of her brother4. [expression, air] lookelle est arrivée, l'œil méchant ou mauvais she arrived, with a nasty look on her face ou looking like troubleil m'a regardé d'un œil noir/furieux he gave me a black/furious looka. (familier) [pour aguicher] to give somebody the eye, to make eyes at somebodyb. [en signe de connivence] to wink knowingly at somebodyfaire les yeux doux ou des yeux de velours à quelqu'un to make sheep's eyes at somebody5. [vigilance]avoir l'œil to be vigilant ou watchfulil faut avoir l'œil à tout avec les enfants you've got to keep an eye on everything when children are aroundil a l'œil du maître [rien ne lui échappe] he doesn't miss a thingavoir l'œil sur quelqu'un, avoir ou tenir quelqu'un à l'œil to keep an eye ou a close watch on somebodytoi, je t'ai à l'œil! I've got my eye on you!6. [état d'esprit, avis]voir quelque chose d'un bon/mauvais œil to look favourably/unfavourably upon somethingconsidérer ou voir quelque chose d'un œil critique to look critically at somethingil voit avec les yeux de la foi/de l'amour he sees things through the eyes of a believer/of loveaux yeux de tous, il passait pour fou he was regarded by everyone as being a madman7. [trou - dans une porte] Judas hole ; [ - au théâtre] peep hole ; [ - d'une aiguille, d'un marteau] eyeyeux nom masculin pluriel2. CUISINE————————à l'œil locution adverbialej'ai eu deux tickets à l'œil I got two tickets gratis ou (for) free ou on the house -
18 stelle
f; -, -n1. (Ort) place; (Punkt) point; (Standort) position; an anderer Stelle somewhere else, elsewhere; fig. at some other point; an dieser Stelle here; fig. at this point; an genau dieser Stelle at this exact ( oder very) spot; auf der Stelle treten fig. mark time; nicht von der Stelle kommen fig. not make any progress, not get anywhere; Verhandlungen: auch be deadlocked; sich nicht von der Stelle rühren not move ( oder budge); er wich nicht von der Stelle he wouldn’t budge, he refused to budge; zur Stelle sein be on the spot ( oder there); er ist immer zur Stelle he’s always there when you need him; sich zur Stelle melden report ( bei jemandem to s.o.); auf der Stelle there and then, straightaway, immediately; er war auf der Stelle tot he died immediately2. (Fleck) spot; abgenutzte, schmutzige etc.: auch patch; undichte Stelle leak; siehe auch Roststelle etc.; wunde Stelle sore; (Schnitt) cut; entzündete Stelle inflammation; empfindliche Stelle tender ( oder sore) spot, fig. sensitive ( oder sore) spot; schwache / verwundbare Stelle fig. weak / vulnerable spot3. WIRTS. (Arbeitsstelle) job; formeller: position, post; was hat er für eine Stelle? what kind of job ( oder position) has he got?; freie Stelle (job) vacancy; eine Stelle ausschreiben / besetzen advertise / occupy ( oder fill) a position ( oder post); eine Stelle sperren leave a position vacant (for a time); die Stelle wechseln change jobs; der Konzern hat 7000 Stellen gestrichen the group has cut 7,000 jobs; siehe auch Stellung 14. in Rangordnung etc.: place; an erster Stelle first(ly); an erster Stelle stehen come first; Sache: auch be top priority; an erster Stelle der Tagesordnung stehen be at the top of the agenda; an erster Stelle der Tabelle stehen be top of ( oder head) the table; an erster Stelle möchte ich... first and foremost I’d like to...5. an Stelle von (oder + Gen) in place of, instead of; bes. JUR. in lieu of; ( ich) an deiner Stelle if I were you; ich möchte nicht an seiner Stelle sein I wouldn’t like to be in his shoes; an die Stelle treten von take the place of; Person: take over from; ersatzweise: replace, stand in for; Gesetz etc.: supersede6. im Buch etc.: place; längere, auch MUS.: passage; eine Stelle aus der Bibel a passage from the Bible7. MATH. figure, digit; (Dezimalstelle) (decimal) place; EDV position; bis auf drei Stellen nach dem Komma up to three decimal places8. (Behörde) authority; (Dienststelle) office; eine staatliche / kirchliche Stelle a government / church office; zuständig* * *die Stelle(Arbeitsplatz) engagement; position; job;(Ort) place; point; location; spot;(Textpassage) passage; place;(Zahl) digit; figure* * *Stẹl|le ['ʃtɛlə]f -, -n1) place, spot; (= Standort) place; (= Fleck rostend, nass, faul etc) patchan dieser Stelle — in this place, on this spot
eine gute Stelle zum Parken/Picknicken — a good place or spot to park/for a picnic
diese Stelle muss repariert werden — this bit needs repairing, it needs to be repaired here
eine entzündete Stelle am Finger — an inflammation on one's finger, an inflamed finger
Salbe auf die wunde/aufgeriebene Stelle auftragen — apply ointment to the affected area
eine empfindliche Stelle (lit) — a sensitive spot or place; (fig) a sensitive point
eine schwache Stelle — a weak spot; (fig auch) a weak point
auf der Stelle treten (lit) — to mark time; (fig) not to make any progress or headway
nicht von der Stelle kommen — not to make any progress or headway; (fig auch) to be bogged down
sich nicht von der Stelle rühren or bewegen, nicht von der Stelle weichen — to refuse to budge (inf) or move
See:→ Ort2) (in Buch etc) place; (= Abschnitt) passage; (= Textstelle, esp beim Zitieren) reference; (= Bibelstelle) verse; (MUS) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere, in another place
3) (= Zeitpunkt) pointan früherer/späterer Stelle — earlier/later
4) (in Reihenfolge, Ordnung, Liste) place; (in Tabelle, Hierarchie) place, positionan erster Stelle — in the first place, first
an erster/zweiter Stelle geht es um... — in the first instance or first/secondly it's a question of...
(bei jdm) an erster/letzter Stelle kommen — to come first/last (for sb)
an erster/zweiter etc Stelle stehen — to be first/second etc, to be in first/second etc place; (in Bezug auf Wichtigkeit) to come first/second etc
an führender/einflussreicher Stelle stehen — to be in or have a leading/an influential position
6) (= Lage, Platz, Aufgabenbereich) placean Stelle von — in place of, instead of
treten — to take sb's place/the place of sth
an deiner Stelle würde ich... — in your position I would..., if I were you I would...
See:→ auch anstelle7) (= Posten) job; (= Ausbildungsstelle) place8) (= Dienststelle) office; (= Behörde) authorityda bist du bei mir/uns an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you've come to the right place
bei ihm/ihnen bist du an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you went to the right place
sich an höherer Stelle beschweren — to complain to somebody higher up, to complain to a higher authority
* * *die1) (any of the figures 0 to 9: 105 is a number with three digits.) digit2) (the job or position to which a person is appointed: His appointment was for one year only.) appointment3) (a place or small area, especially the exact place (where something happened etc): There was a large number of detectives gathered at the spot where the body had been found.) spot4) (a point in the text of a book etc: The wind was blowing the pages of my book and I kept losing my place.) place5) (a number or one of a series of numbers following a decimal point: Make the answer correct to four decimal places.) place* * *Stel·le<-, -n>[ˈʃtɛlə]fan anderer \Stelle elsewhere, in another placean dieser \Stelle in this place; (genauer) on this spotauf der \Stelle laufen to run on the spotrühren Sie sich nicht von der Stelle! (von Polizei) freeze!eine \Stelle im Wald a place [or an area] in the woodsempfindliche \Stelle tender spot; (fig) sensitive pointentzündete/wunde \Stelle inflammation/sorefettige/rostige \Stelle grease/rust spotkahle \Stelle bald patch4. MUS passage5. (in Rede etc.) point6. (Zeitpunkt) moment7. MATH digit, figureeine Zahl mit sieben \Stellen a seven-digit [or -figure] numberetw auf 5 \Stellen hinter dem Komma berechnen to calculate sth to 5 decimal places8. (Posten) placeer hat die \Stelle des technischen Leiters übernommen he took over from the technical directoran \Stelle einer Person/einer S. gen instead of sb/sthetw an jds \Stelle [o an \Stelle einer Person] tun to do sth for sbich gehe an Ihrer \Stelle I'll go in your placeschwache \Stelle (fig) weak pointundichte \Stelle (fig fam) leak9. (Lage) positionan deiner \Stelle würde ich... in your position [or if I were you] I would...ich möchte nicht an ihrer Stelle sein I wouldn't like to be in her shoes [or placean erster/zweiter \Stelle first[ly] [or first and foremost]/secondly, in the first/second place [or instance]an wievielter \Stelle auf der Liste taucht der Name auf? where does the name come [up] on the list?er ging an 25./letzter \Stelle durchs Ziel he was 25th/the last to cross the line [or to finish][für jdn [o bei jdm]] an erster/zweiter \Stelle kommen [o sein] [o stehen] to come [or be] first/second [for sb]in der Hitliste an erster/zweiter \Stelle sein [o stehen] to have reached [or be [at]] number one/two in the chartsan erster \Stelle auf einer Liste/der Tagesordnung stehen to be at the top of a list/the agendawas hat sein Vater für eine \Stelle? what kind of position has his father got?offene \Stellen (in der Zeitung) situations vacantohne \Stelle jobless, without a jobSie sind hier bei mir an der richtigen \Stelle (fam) you've come to the right placeMitleid? da bist du bei mir aber nicht an der richtigen \Stelle sympathy? you won't get any out of me [or iron fam you're knocking at the wrong door]höhere/höchste \Stelle higher/the highest[-ranking] authority13.er war auf der \Stelle tot he died immediatelyzur \Stelle! reporting!, present!▶ auf der \Stelle treten [o nicht von der \Stelle kommen] to not make any progress [or headway], to not get anywhere; MIL a. to mark time▶ zur \Stelle sein to be on the spot [or on hand]wenn man sie braucht, ist sie immer zur \Stelle she's always there when you need her; s.a. Ort1* * *die; Stelle, Stellen1) placedie Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge
auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)
nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere
zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot
2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spoteine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch
seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot
3) (Passage) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage
4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) pointan dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier
eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument
5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) placean erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...
6) (Math.) figuredie erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place
8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority* * *…stelle f im subst1. (Ort):die Fundstelle von etwas the place where s.th was found;Juckstelle place where itching occurs2. (Arbeitsstelle):Assistentenstelle job ( oder post) as assistant;Pfarrstelle post as parish priest ( evangelisch: pastor);Dreiviertelstelle three-quarter-time job3. (Institution):Beschwerdestelle complaints centre (US -er)* * *die; Stelle, Stellen1) placedie Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge
auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)
nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere
zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot
2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spoteine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch
seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot
3) (Passage) passagean anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage
4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) pointan dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier
eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument
5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) placean erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...
6) (Math.) figuredie erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place
8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority* * *-n f.digit n.location n.passage n.place n.post n.spot n.stead n. -
19 πατήρ
πατήρ, πατρός, ὁ (Hom.+) acc. somet. πατέραν (ApcEsdr 2:6 p. 25, 26 Tdf.); voc. πάτερ; for this the nom. w. the art. ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26; Mk 14:36; Lk 10:21b; Ro 8:15; Gal 4:6.—The vv.ll. πατήρ without the art. for the voc., in J 17:11, 21, 24, and 25 is regarded by B-D-F §147, 3 as a scribal error (but as early as II A.D. BGU 423, 11 has κύριέ μου πατήρ. Perh. even PPar 51, 36 [159 B.C.]). S. also W-S. §29, 4b and Mlt-H. 136; ‘father’.① the immediate biological ancestor, parentⓐ male, father (of Noah Did., Gen. 165, 6) Mt 2:22; 4:21f; 8:21; 10:21; Mk 5:40; 15:21; Lk 1:17 (after Mal 3:23); J 4:53; Ac 7:14; 1 Cor 5:1; B 13:5 al. οἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρες our physical fathers Hb 12:9a.ⓑ male and female together as parents οἱ πατέρες parents (Pla., Leg. 6, 772b; Dionys. Hal. 2, 26; Diod S 21, 17, 2; X. Eph. 1, 11; 3, 3; Kaibel 227) Hb 11:23.—Eph 6:4; Col 3:21 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1089 of parents who are inclined to become λίην δύσζηλοι toward their children).② one from whom one is descended and generally at least several generations removed, forefather, ancestor, progenitor, forebear: of Abraham (Jos., Ant. 14, 255 Ἀ., πάντων Ἑβραίων πατήρ; Just., D. 100, 3) Mt 3:9; Lk 1:73; 16:24; J 8:39, 53, 56; Ac 7:2b. Of Isaac Ro 9:10. Jacob J 4:12 (JosAs 22:5). David Mk 11:10; Lk 1:32. Pl. οἱ πατέρες the forefathers, ancestors (Hom. et al.; oft. LXX; En 99:14; PsSol 9:10; ParJer 4:10; Jos., Ant. 13, 297; Just., D. 57, 2 and 136, 3; Mel., P. 87, 654) Mt 23:30, 32; Lk 1:55; 6:23, 26; 11:47f; J 4:20; 6:31; Ac 3:13, 25; Hb 1:1; 8:9 (Jer 38:32); B 2:7 (Jer 7:22); 5:7; 14:1; PtK 2 p. 15, 6 (Jer 38:32).③ one who provides moral and intellectual upbringing, fatherⓐ in a positive sense (Epict. 3, 22, 81f: the Cynic superintends the upbringing of all pers. as their πατήρ; Procop. Soph., Ep. 13; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 425 D.: Pla. as τῶν ῥητόρων π. καὶ διδάσκαλος; Aristoxenus, Fgm. 18: Epaminondas is the ἀκροατής of the Pythagorean Lysis and calls him πατήρ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 8 p. 10, 4 the διδάσκαλος as πατήρ) ἐὰν μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας 1 Cor 4:15 (cp. GrBar 13:4 εἰς πνευματικοὺς πατέρας; on the subject matter ADieterich, Mithraslit. 1903, 52; 146f; 151; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 40: ‘he [the “mystes”] by these teachings becomes the parent of the novice. We find undoubted examples of πατήρ as a title in the Isis cult in Delos, in the Phrygian mystery communities, in the Mithras cult, in the worshipers of the θεὸς ὕψιστος and elsewh.’). Of Jesus ὡς πατὴρ υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς προσηγόρευσεν as a father he called us (his) sons 2 Cl 1:4 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 19; ὁ Χριστὸς π. τῶν πιστευόντων ὑπάρχει Did., Gen. 106, 6.—ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ π. [=founder] τῆς τοιαύτης διδασκαλίας Orig., C. Cels. 2, 44, 32).ⓑ in a neg. sense of the devil (for patristic trad. s. Lampe s.v. πατήρ D)α. as father of a group of Judeans J 8:44ab, as verdict on the sin of the opposition to God’s purpose in Jesus, not on the person (cp. descriptions of dissidents at Qumran, esp. 1QS and 1QH, w. focus on aspect of deception).β. as father of lies (Celsus 2, 47 as π. τῆς κακίας) vs. 44c (on πατήρ in the sense of ‘originator’ cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 127 ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου=the author of the book). On the view that in 44a and c there might be a statement about the father of the devil s. Hdb.3 ad loc. (NDahl, EHaenchen Festschr. ’64, 70–84 [Cain]).—LDürr, Geistige Vaterrschaft in: Herwegen Festschr. ’38, 1–30.④ a title of respectful address, fatherⓐ as an honorary title (Diod S 21, 12, 2; 5; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 14, 2 πάτερ; 4 Km 2:12; 6:21; 13:14; Test Abr B 2 p. 106, 3 [Stone p. 60] καλὲ πάτερ; Jos., Ant. 12, 148; 13, 127; Just., D. 3, 7. Also PGen 52, 1; 5 κυρίῳ καὶ πατρὶ Ἀμινναίῳ Ἀλύπιος; UPZ 65, 3 [154 B.C.]; 70, 2; BGU 164, 2; POxy 1296, 15; 18; 1592, 3; 5; 1665, 2) Mt 23:9a; specif. in addressing the members of the High Council Ac 7:2a; cp. 22:1 (of Job in TestJob 53:3 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὀρφανῶν).ⓑ as a designation of the older male members of a church (as respectful address by younger people to their elders Hom. et al. S. also a.) 1J 2:13, 14b.⑤ revered deceased persons with whom one shares beliefs or traditions, fathers, ancestorsⓐ generation(s) of deceased Christians 2 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 23:3=2 Cl 11:2 (an apocryphal saying, at any rate interpreted in this way by the Christian writers). Christians of an earlier generation could also be meant in 1 Cl 30:7; 60:4; 62:2; 2 Cl 19:4. Yet it is poss. that these refer toⓑ the illustrious religious heroes of the OT, who are ‘ancestors’ even to gentile Christians, who are validated as Israelites (Just., D. 101, 1). In 1 Cor 10:1 Paul calls the desert generation of Israelites οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν (the ‘philosophers’ of earlier times are so called in Cleopatra 114f). Likew. Ro 4:12b Abraham ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν (on this s. c below). The latter is also so referred to Js 2:21; 1 Cl 31:2; likew. the patriarch Jacob 4:8.ⓒ the ‘fatherhood’ can also consist in the fact that the one who is called ‘father’ is the prototype of a group or the founder of a class of persons (cp. Pla., Menex. 240e οὐ μόνον τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων πατέρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας; 1 Macc 2:54). Abraham who, when he was still uncircumcised, received the promise because of his faith, and then received circumcision to seal it, became thereby πατὴρ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων διʼ ἀκροβυστίας father of all those who believe, though they are uncircumcised Ro 4:11 and likew. πατὴρ περιτομῆς father of those who are circumcised vs. 12a, insofar as they are not only circumcised physically, but are like the patriarch in faith as well. Cp. 4:16, 17 (Gen 17:5).⑥ the supreme deity, who is responsible for the origin and care of all that exists, Father, Parent (Just., A II, 6, 2 τὸ δὲ πατὴρ καὶ θεὸς καὶ κτίστης καὶ κύριος καὶ δεσπότης οὐκ ὀνόματά ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … προσφήσεις ‘the terms, father, god, founder, lord, and master are not names but … modes of address [in recognition of benefits and deeds])ⓐ as the originator and ruler (Pind., O. 2, 17 Χρόνος ὁ πάντων π.; Pla., Tim. 28c; 37c; Stoa: Epict. 1, 3, 1; Diog. L. 7, 147; Maximus Tyr. 2, 10a; Galen XIX p. 179 K. ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἐν θεοῖς; Job 38:28; Mal 2:10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 96 τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρί; 2, 6 τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων, Ebr. 30; 81, Virt. 34; 64; 179; 214; Jos., Ant. 1, 20 πάντων πατήρ; 230; 2, 152; 7, 380 πατέρα τε καὶ γένεσιν τῶν ὅλων; Herm. Wr. 1, 21 ὁ πατὴρ ὅλων … ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ; 30 al., also p. 476, 23 Sc. δεσπότης καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ποιητής; PGM 4, 1170; 1182; Just., A I, 45, 1 ὁ π. τῶν πάντων θεός; D. 95, 2 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων; Ath. 27, 2; Iren.; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 46, 34; Hippolyt.; π. δὲ δὶα τὸ εἶναι πρὸ τῶν ὅλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 8]) ὁ πατὴρ τῶν φώτων the father of the heavenly bodies Js 1:17 (cp. ApcMos 36 v.l. [MCeriani, Monumenta Sacra et Profana V/1, 1868] ἐνώπιον τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ὅλων, τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων; 38).ⓑ as ὁ πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9b (cp. Num 16:22; 27:16 and in En the fixed phrase ‘Lord of the spirits’).—SeePKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, p. 33, 1.ⓒ as father of humankind (since Hom. Ζεύς is called πατήρ or πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε; Diod S 5, 72, 2 πατέρα δὲ [αὐτὸν προσαγορευθῆναι] διὰ τὴν φροντίδα καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν εἰς ἅπαντας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν ὥσπερ ἀρχηγὸν εἶναι τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων=‘[Zeus is called] father because of his thoughtfulness and goodwill toward all humanity, and because, moreover, he is thought of as originator of the human race’, cp. 3, 61, 4; 5, 56, 4; Dio Chrys. 36 [53], 12 Zeus as π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων, not only because of his position as ruler, but also because of his love and care [ἀγαπῶν κ. προνοῶν]. Cp. Plut., Mor. 167d; Jos., Ant. 4, 262 πατὴρ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. In the OT God is called ‘Father’ in the first place to indicate a caring relationship to the Israelite nation as a whole, or to the king as the embodiment of the nation. Only in late writers is God called the Father of the pious Israelite as an individual: Sir 23:1, 4; Tob 13:4; Wsd 2:16; 14:3; 3 Macc 5:7.—Bousset, Rel.3 377ff; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 384–92; RGyllenberg, Gott d. Vater im AT u. in d. Predigt Jesu: Studia Orient. I 1925, 51–60; JLeipoldt, D. Gotteserlebnis Jesu 1927; AWilliams, ‘My Father’ in Jewish Thought of the First Century: JTS 31, 1930, 42–47; TManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 89–115; HMontefiore, NTS 3, ’56/57, 31–46 [synoptics]; BIersel, ‘D. Sohn’ in den synopt. Ev., ’61, 92–116).α. as a saying of Jesus ὁ πατήρ σου Mt 6:4, 6b, 18b. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν Mt 6:15; 10:20, 29; 23:9b; Lk 6:36; 12:30, 32; J 20:17c. ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν (=τῶν δικαίων) Mt 13:43. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς (the synagogue also spoke of God as ‘Father in Heaven’; Bousset, Rel.3 378) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1; 7:11; Mk 11:25. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος Mt 5:48; 6:14, 26, 32. Cp. 23:9b. ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Lk 11:13. ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ (or κρυφαίῳ) Mt 6:6a, 18a.—For the evangelist the words πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mt 6:9 refer only to the relation betw. God and humans, though Jesus perh. included himself in this part of the prayer. The same is true of πάτερ ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου Lk 11:2 (for invocation in prayer cp. Simonides, Fgm. 13, 20 Ζεῦ πάτερ).—ELohmeyer, D. Vaterunser erkl. ’46 (Eng. tr. JBowden, ’65); TManson, The Sayings of Jesus, ’54, 165–71; EGraesser, Das Problem der Parusieverzögerung in den synopt. Ev. usw., Beih. ZNW 22, ’57, 95–113; AHamman, La Prière I, Le NT, ’59, 94–134; JJeremias, Das Vaterunser im Lichte der neueren Forschung, ’62 (Eng. tr., The Lord’s Prayer, JReumann, ’64); WMarchel, Abba, Père! La Prière ’63; also bibl. in JCharlesworth, ed., The Lord’s Prayer and Other Prayer Texts fr. the Greco-Roman Era ’94, 186–201.β. as said by Christians (Sextus 59=222; 225 God as π. of the pious. The servant of Sarapis addresses God in this way: Sb 1046; 3731, 7) in introductions of letters ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν: Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3, cp. vs. 4; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; 2 Th 1:2 (v.l. without ἡμῶν); without ἡμῶν 1 Ti 1:2 (v.l. with ἡμῶν); 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; 2J 3a (here vs 3b shows plainly that it is not ‘our’ father, but the Father of Jesus Christ who is meant).—πατὴρ ἡμῶν also Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 2:16; D 8:2; 9:2f. τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ εὔσπλαγχνον πατέρα ἡμῶν 1 Cl 29:1. Likew. we have the Father of the believers Ro 8:15 (w. αββα, s. JBarr, Abba Isn’t Daddy: JTS 39, ’88, 28–47; s. also JFitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); 2 Cor 1:3b (ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν; s. οἰκτιρμός); 6:18 (cp. 2 Km 7:14); Gal 4:6; Eph 4:6 (πατὴρ πάντων, as Herm. Wr. 5, 10); 1 Pt 1:17. ὁ οἰκτίρμων καὶ εὐεργετικὸς πατήρ 1 Cl 23:1. Cp. 8:3 (perh. fr. an unknown apocryphal book). πάτερ ἅγιε D 10:2 (cp. 8:2; 9:2f).γ. as said by Judeans ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν J 8:41b. Cp. vs. 42.ⓓ as Father of Jesus Christα. in Jesus’ witness concerning himself ὁ πατήρ μου Mt 11:27a; 20:23; 25:34; 26:29, 39, 42, 53; Lk 2:49 (see ὁ 2g and Goodsp., Probs. 81–83); 10:22a; 22:29; 24:49; J 2:16; 5:17, 43; 6:40 and oft. in J; Rv 2:28; 3:5, 21. ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ πατρός μου 2 Cl 12:6 in an apocryphal saying of Jesus. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς Mt 7:21; 10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 15:13; 18:35 (Just., A I, 15, 8). Jesus calls himself the Human One (Son of Man), who will come ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 16:27; Mk 8:38. Abs. ὁ πατήρ, πάτερ Mt 11:25, 26; Mk 14:36 (s. GSchelbert, FZPhT 40, ’93, 259–81; response ERuckstuhl, ibid. 41, ’94, 515–25; response Schelbert, ibid. 526–31); Lk 10:21ab; 22:42; 23:34, 46 (all voc.); J 4:21, 23ab; 5:36ab, 37, 45; 6:27, 37, 45, 46a, 65 and oft. in J. Father and Son stand side by side or in contrast Mt 11:27bc; 24:36; 28:19; Mk 13:32; Lk 10:22bc; J 5:19–23, 26; 1J 1:3; 2:22–24; 2J 9; B 12:8. WLofthouse, Vater u. Sohn im J: ThBl 11, ’32, 290–300.β. in the confession of the Christians π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3a; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. π. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 2 Cor 11:31. Cp. 1 Cor 15:24; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14); Rv 1:6; 1 Cl 7:4; IEph 2:1; ITr ins 12:2; MPol 14:1; AcPl Ha 2, 33; 6, 34; AcPlCor 2:7 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3; 129, 1 al.).ⓔ Oft. God is simply called (ὁ) πατήρ (the) Father (e.g. TestJob 33:9, s. DRahnenführer, ZNW 62, ’71, 77; ApcMos 35 τοῦ ἀοράτου πατρός; Just., D. 76, 3 al. On the presence or absence of the art. s. B-D-F §257, 3; Rob. 795) Eph 2:18; 3:14; 5:20; 6:23; 1J 1:2; 2:1, 15; 3:1; B 14:6; Hv 3, 9, 10; IEph 3:2; 4:2; IMg 13:2; ITr 12:2; 13:3; IRo 2:2; 3:3; 7:2; 8:2; IPhld 9:1; ISm 3:3; 7:1; 8:1; D 1:5; Dg 12:9; 13:1; AcPlCor 2:5, 19; MPol 22:3; EpilMosq 5. θεὸς π. Gal 1:1 (for the formulation Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ θεὸς πατήρ cp. Diod S 4, 11, 1: Heracles must obey τῷ Διὶ καὶ πατρί; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 35, 3 Λοξίας [=Apollo] καὶ Ζεὺς πατήρ); Phil 2:11; Col 3:17; 1 Th 1:1, 2 v.l.; 2 Pt 1:17; Jd 1; IEph ins a; ISm ins; IPol ins; MPol ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ π. Js 1:27; Col 3:17 v.l.; MPol 22:1; ὁ κύριος καὶ π. Js 3:9.—Attributes are also ascribed to the πατήρ (Zoroaster acc. to Philo Bybl.: 790 Fgm. 4, 52 Jac. [in Eus., PE 1, 10, 52] God is π. εὐνομίας κ. δικαιοσύνης) ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης Eph 1:17. πατὴρ ὕψιστος IRo ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ παντοκράτωρ MPol 19:2.—B. 103. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
20 Stehen
ste·hen1. ste·hen <stand, gestanden> [ʼʃte:ən](warten a.) to wait [in/on sth]; ( ungeduldig) to stand around [in/on sth];(von länglichen Gegenständen a.) to be [placed] upright;einen \Stehen haben (sl) to have a hard-on (sl)2) ( hingestellt sein)\Stehen bleiben to be left [behind];( vergessen) to leave sth behind [in sth];alles \Stehen und liegen lassen to drop everything3) ( gedruckt sein)wo steht das? where does it say that?; ( fig) who says so?;was steht in der Zeitung/seinem Brief? what does the paper/his letter say?, what does it say in the paper/his letter?;das steht bei Goethe that comes from Goethe;in der Bibel steht, [dass]... it is written [in the Bible] [or it says in the Bible] that...;im Gesetz \Stehen to be [embodied in ( form)] the law;\Stehen bleiben to be left [in]4) ( nicht mehr in Betrieb sein) to have stopped; (von Fließband, Maschine a.) to be at a standstill;zum S\Stehen kommen to come to a stop5) ( geparkt haben)\Stehen bleiben to stop; Kraftfahrzeug, Zug a. to come to a stop [or halt] [or standstill];in welcher Zeile waren wir \Stehen geblieben? where did we get to [in the book]?, where did I/we stop reading?6) ( nicht verzehren)\Stehen bleiben to be left untouched;etw \Stehen lassen to leave sth untouched7) ( von etw betroffen sein)unter der Wirkung einer schlimmen Nachricht \Stehen to be suffering from [the effects of] bad newsmit dem Dativ \Stehen to be followed by [or to take] the dative;9) ( passen zu)jdm [gut/nicht] \Stehen to suit sb [well] [or ( form) to become sb] /to not suit [or ( form) become] sbauf Mord akk steht Gefängnis the penalty for murder is imprisonment, murder is punishable by imprisonmentauf die Ergreifung der Terroristen steht eine Belohnung there is a reward [or a reward has been offered] for the capture of the terroristswie steht das Spiel? what's the score?bei etw \Stehen to be [or stand] at sth;wie steht das Pfund? how does the pound stand?, what's the rate for the pound?, how's the pound doing? ( fam)14) ( allein lassen)jdn \Stehen lassen to leave sb [alone];jdn einfach \Stehen lassen to walk off and leave sb, to leave sb standing [there], to walk out on sbdie Mannschaft steht noch nicht the team hasn't been picked [or selected] yet;( fertig sein) to be readyzu etw \Stehen to stand by sth;zu einer Abmachung \Stehen to stand by [or keep to] an agreement;zu seinem Versprechen \Stehen to stand by [or keep] one's promise17) ( zu jdm halten)für etw \Stehen to stand for sthwie \Stehen Sie dazu? what are your views on [or what is your opinion on [or of] ] it?;20) ( unterstützen)hinter jdm/etw \Stehen to be behind sb/sthim roten Bereich \Stehen to be in the red;die Ampel steht auf Rot the traffic light is redstehst du auf Techno? are you into techno? (sl)WENDUNGEN:mit jdm/etw \Stehen und fallen to depend on sb/sth;jdm steht etw bis hier/oben/zum Hals[e] ( fam) sb has a surfeit of sth, sb is fed up with sth ( fam)die Schulden \Stehen ihr bis zum Hals she's up to her neck in debt ( fam)vr1) ( gestellt sein)2) ( auskommen)sich gut/schlecht mit jdm \Stehen to get on [well]/badly with sb1) ( sich darstellen)es steht gut/ schlecht it's looking good/bad;die Dinge \Stehen nicht gut things are looking bad;wie steht es bei euch? how are things with you?2) ( bestellt sein)es steht gut/ schlecht um jdn/ etw things look [or it looks] good/bad for sb/sth, sb/sth is doing well/badly; ( gesundheitlich) sb is doing well/badly;wie steht es um deine Gesundheit? how are you feeling?, how is your health?;3) ( geh);es steht zu befürchten/erwarten, dass... it is to be feared/expected that...2. Ste·hen <-s> [ʼʃte:ən] ntdas \Stehen standing;etw im \Stehen tun to do sth standing up;im \Stehen essen to have a stand-up meal, to eat standing up
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Book of Daniel — Book of Daniel † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Book of Daniel In the Hebrew Bible, and in most recent Protestant (Protestantism) versions, the Book of Daniel is limited to its proto canonical portions. In the Septuagint, the Vulgate, and… … Catholic encyclopedia
Book burning — (a category of biblioclasm, or book destruction) is the practice of destroying, often ceremoniously, one or more copies of a book or other written material. In modern times, other forms of media, such as phonograph records, video tapes, and CDs… … Wikipedia
Book of Tobias — Tobias † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Tobias We shall first enumerate the various Biblical persons and then treat the book of this name. I. PERSONS A. Tobias (II Par., xvii, 8). Heb. tobyyahu Yahweh is good ; Sept. Tobias, one … Catholic encyclopedia
Book of Judges — (Hebrew: Sefer Shoftim ספר שופטים) is a book of the Bible originally written in Hebrew. It appears in the Tanakh and in the Christian Old Testament. Its title refers to its contents; it contains the history of Biblical judges (not to be confused… … Wikipedia
Book of Wisdom — or Wisdom of Solomon or simply Wisdom is one of the deuterocanonical books of the Bible. It is one of the seven Sapiential or wisdom books of the Septuagint Old Testament, which includes Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Solomon (Song… … Wikipedia
Book of Jubilees — Book of Jubilees † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Book of Jubilees (ta Iobelaia). An apocryphal writing, so called from the fact that the narratives and stories contained in it are arranged throughout in a fanciful chronological system… … Catholic encyclopedia
Book of Judith — Book of Judith † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Book of Judith HISTORY Nabuchodonosor, King of Nineveh, sends his general Holofernes to subdue the Jews. The latter besieges them in Bethulia, a city on the southern verge of the Plain of… … Catholic encyclopedia
Book of Ruth — Book of Ruth † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Book of Ruth One of the proto canonical writings of the Old Testament, which derives its name from the heroine of its exquisitely beautiful story. I. CONTENTS The incidents related in the … Catholic encyclopedia
Bible quiz — Bible Quiz, also known as Bible Bowl, is a competition between teams representing individual churches. Various Protestant denominations, plus a handful of independent groups, sponsor these competitions. All of them take the form of a quick recall … Wikipedia
Bible translations (Arabic) — Bible translations into Arabic are known from at least 1,000 years ago, firstly of the Jewish Hebrew Bible (Old Testament), then later also of the Christian New Testament.Medieval JewishIn the 10th century AD Saadia Gaon wrote a Tafsir , an… … Wikipedia
BIBLE — THE CANON, TEXT, AND EDITIONS canon general titles the canon the significance of the canon the process of canonization contents and titles of the books the tripartite canon … Encyclopedia of Judaism